CARGILL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP
424B2, 1996-08-28
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: CARGILL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP, 8-K, 1996-08-28
Next: METRICOM INC / DE, SC 13G/A, 1996-08-28











<PAGE>
<PAGE>


PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED OCTOBER 19, 1995)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                  $206,597,000
                ACCESS FINANCIAL'tm' MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1996-3
             MORTGAGE LOAN PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1996-3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>       <C>
$44,843,000 Class A-1 Group  I Certificates,  Variable  Pass-Through Rate
$28,572,000 Class A-2 Group  I Certificates,  6.90%     Pass-Through Rate
$13,552,000 Class A-3 Group  I Certificates,  7.25%     Pass-Through Rate
$10,000,000 Class A-4 Group  I Certificates,  7.50%     Pass-Through Rate
$10,744,000 Class A-5 Group  I Certificates,  7.60%     Pass-Through Rate
$98,886,000 Class A-6 Group II Certificates,  Variable  Pass-Through Rate
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[Logo]
 
                         ACCESS FINANCIAL LENDING CORP.
                           SELLER AND MASTER SERVICER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
The Access Financial Mortgage Loan Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1996-3 (the
'Certificates')  will consist of six classes  of offered certificates, the Class
A-1 Group I  Certificates, the  Class A-2 Group  I Certificates,  the Class  A-3
Group  I Certificates, the Class A-4 Group I Certificates, the Class A-5 Group I
Certificates (collectively, the 'Class  A Group I  Certificates') and the  Class
A-6  Group II Certificates, (together with the Class A Group I Certificates, the
'Class A Certificates') which represent beneficial ownership interests in Access
Financial Mortgage Loan  Trust 1996-3  (the 'Trust').  The assets  of the  Trust
consist  primarily  of  a  pool  (the  'Pool')  of  fixed  and  adjustable rate,
amortizing mortgage  loans  which  are  secured by  first  or  second  liens  on
residential  properties  (the 'Mortgage  Loans')  and the  Certificate Insurance
Policy (as defined below) covering the Class A Certificates.
 
The Seller has obtained a financial guaranty insurance policy (the  'Certificate
Insurance  Policy') from Financial Guaranty  Insurance Company (the 'Certificate
Insurer') which  will  unconditionally  and  irrevocably  guarantee  payment  of
certain  amounts due  to the Owners  of the  Class A Certificates  to the extent
described herein.


                                     [Logo]
 
                      FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY
FGIC is a registered service mark used by Financial Guaranty Insurance Company,
       a private company not affiliated with any U.S. Government agency.

 
                                                  (Cover continued on next page)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISK FACTORS REGARDING AN INVESTMENT IN THE CLASS  A
CERTIFICATES,  SEE 'RISK  FACTORS' ON  PAGE S-16  HEREIN AND  ON PAGE  15 OF THE
ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Prudential  Securities  Incorporated  and  J.P.  Morgan  Securities  Inc.   (the
'Underwriters')  have agreed to  purchase from the  Trust the Class  A-1 Group I
Certificates at an aggregate  price of 99.75% of  the principal amount  thereof,
the  Class  A-2 Group  I Certificates  at an  aggregate price  of 99.73%  of the
principal amount thereof,  the Class A-3  Group I Certificates  at an  aggregate
price  of  99.75%  of  the  principal amount  thereof,  the  Class  A-4  Group I
Certificates at an aggregate  price of 99.69% of  the principal amount  thereof,
the  Class  A-5 Group  I Certificates  at an  aggregate price  of 99.69%  of the
principal amount  thereof,  and  the  Class A-6  Group  II  Certificates  at  an
aggregate  price  of  99.75%  of  the  principal  amount  thereof, (representing
$206,063,078 aggregate proceeds to the Seller before deducting expenses  payable
by the Seller, estimated at $500,000) plus accrued interest, if any, from August
2,  1996 for the Class A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5 Group I Certificates subject to the
terms and conditions set  forth in the Underwriting  Agreement dated August  22,
1996   among  the  Underwriters,  the  Seller  and  Cargill  Financial  Services
Corporation (the 'Sponsor'). See 'Underwriting' in this Prospectus Supplement.
 
The Underwriters propose to offer the Class A Certificates from time to time for
sale in negotiated transactions or otherwise, at market prices prevailing at the
time of sale or  at negotiated prices. For  further information with respect  to
the  plan of  distribution and any  discounts, commissions or  profits on resale
that may be deemed underwriting discounts or commissions, see 'Underwriting'  in
this Prospectus Supplement.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
   SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR  ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
     PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT
       OR  THE  PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION TO  THE  CONTRARY  IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
The Class A Certificates are offered hereby by the Underwriters when, as and  if
issued  by the Trust, delivered to and  accepted by the Underwriters and subject
to their  right to  reject orders  in  whole or  in part.  It is  expected  that
delivery  of  the Class  A Certificates  will  be made  in book-entry  form only
through  the  facilities  of  The  Depository  Trust  Company,  CEDEL  S.A.  and
Euroclear  on or about August 27,  1996 against payment in immediately available
funds.
 
PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED                             J.P. MORGAN & CO.
 
August 23, 1996



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

(Cover continued from previous page)
 
     The Class  A  Group  I  Certificates  will  represent  undivided  ownership
interests in a group ('Group I') of Mortgage Loans in the Trust which bear fixed
rates  of  interest  and the  Class  A-6  Group II  Certificates  will represent
undivided ownership interests in a group  ('Group II') of Mortgage Loans in  the
Trust  which  bear  adjustable rates  of  interest.  Group I  and  Group  II are
collectively  referred  to  herein  as  the  'Mortgage  Loan  Groups'  and  each
singularly, a 'Mortgage Loan Group'.
 
     The  Certificates  will  be  issued pursuant  to  a  Pooling  and Servicing
Agreement dated as  of August 1,  1996 (the 'Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement')
among  Cargill Financial Services Corporation  (the 'Sponsor'), Access Financial
Lending Corp.,  as  Seller  (the  'Seller') and  Master  Servicer  (the  'Master
Servicer').  Pursuant  to a  Securitization  Sponsorship Agreement  dated  as of
August 1, 1996 (the 'Sponsorship Agreement') between the Seller and the Sponsor,
the Sponsor will cause the Trust to acquire the Mortgage Loans from the  Seller.
In  addition to the Class A Certificates the Trust will also issue a subordinate
Class  of  Certificates  with  respect  to  Group  I  (the  'Class  B  Group   I
Certificates'),  a subordinate  Class of Certificates  with respect  to Group II
(the 'Class  B  Group  II Certificates',  together  with  the Class  B  Group  I
Certificates,  the 'Class B  Certificates') and one or  more Classes of Residual
Certificates. Only the Class A Certificates are offered hereby. Distributions of
interest on the  Class A Certificates  are of  an equal priority  to the  extent
described  herein,  and distributions  on the  Class B  Certificates and  on the
Residual  Certificates  are  subordinate  to   distributions  on  the  Class   A
Certificates   to  the  extent   described  herein.  See   'Description  of  the
Certificates' herein.
 
     All of the Mortgage Loans were originated under the Seller's Mortgage  Loan
Program  by  unaffiliated originators  (the  'Originators'). Except  for certain
representations and warranties relating to the Mortgage Loans and certain  other
matters, Access Financial Lending Corp., Cargill Financial Services Corporation,
Norwest   Bank  Minnesota,  National  Association,  any  Sub-Servicers  and  the
Originators will have no obligations with respect to the Certificates.
 
     Distributions of principal and interest on the Class A Certificates will be
made to the extent funds  are available therefor on the  18th day of each  month
or,  if such  day is  not a business  day, on  the next  succeeding business day
commencing September 18, 1996 (each a 'Payment Date') to holders of record as of
the close of business on  the first business day  of the current calendar  month
(with  respect to  the Class A  Fixed Rate Certificates)  or as of  the close of
business on  the business  day  immediately preceding  such Payment  Date  (with
respect  to  the Class  A-1  Group I  Certificates and  the  Class A-6  Group II
Certificates),  except  in  the  case  of  the  first  Payment  Date,  on  which
distributions  will be made  to holders of  record as of  the Closing Date (each
such date being the applicable 'Record Date').
 
     An ERISA Plan purchasing the Class  A Certificates should consult with  its
legal  advisors concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code with respect to such
purchase. See 'Risk Factors' and 'ERISA Considerations' herein.
 
     There is  currently  no secondary  market  for any  Class  of the  Class  A
Certificates.  There can be no assurance that  a secondary market for any of the
Class A  Certificates  will  develop or,  if  one  does develop,  that  it  will
continue.
 
     One  or more elections will be made to treat certain assets and/or Accounts
of the Trust as 'real  estate mortgage investment conduits' ('REMICs')  pursuant
to  the Internal Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the  'Code'). Each Class of
Class A  Certificates will  be a  'regular interest'  in a  REMIC. See  'Federal
Income Tax Consequences' herein.
 
                                      S-2


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE  INFORMATION ABOUT
THE  OFFERING OF THE  SECURITIES.  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  IS  CONTAINED IN THE
PROSPECTUS  AND  PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS  ARE URGED TO READ BOTH THIS  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AND THE  PROSPECTUS  IN  FULL.  SALES OF THE  SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE
CONSUMMATED  UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT
AND THE PROSPECTUS.

        IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR
EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CLASS A
CERTIFICATES  AT LEVELS  ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

        THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICY IS NOT COVERED BY THE PROPERTY/CASUALTY
INSURANCE SECURITY FUND SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW.

        THE CLASS A  CERTIFICATES  REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND DO
NOT  REPRESENT  INTERESTS  IN  OR  OBLIGATIONS  OF  CARGILL  FINANCIAL  SERVICES
CORPORATION,  ACCESS  FINANCIAL  LENDING  CORP.,  THE TRUSTEE,  THE  CERTIFICATE
INSURER,  ANY  SUB-SERVICER OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES.  THE CLASS A
CERTIFICATES  AND THE  MORTGAGE  LOANS  ARE NOT  INSURED  OR  GUARANTEED  BY ANY
GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY, NOR HAS ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OF
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.


                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

        The Sponsor has filed a Registration  Statement under the Securities Act
of 1933,  as  amended,  (the  "1933  Act")  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") on behalf of the Trust with respect to the Class A
Certificates  offered  pursuant to this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the related
Prospectus.  For  further  information,  reference  is made to the  Registration
Statement  and  amendments  thereof  and  to the  exhibits  thereto,  which  are
available  for  inspection  without  charge at the public  reference  facilities
maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549;
7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048; and 500 West Madison
Street,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661.  Copies of the  Registration  Statement  and
amendments  thereof  and  exhibits  thereto  may be  obtained  from  the  Public
Reference Section of the Commission,  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549 at prescribed rates.

        In addition,  the  Commission  maintains a site on the World Wide Web at
http://www.sec.gov  containing  reports,  proxy and  information  statements and
other  information  regarding  registrants  that  file  electronically  with the
Commission.


                             REPORTS TO THE HOLDERS

        So long as the Class A Certificates are in book-entry form,  monthly and
annual reports  concerning such  Certificates  and the Trust will be sent by the
Trustee to Cede & Co.  ("Cede"),  as the nominee of The Depository Trust Company
("DTC") and as  registered  holder of the Class A  Certificates  pursuant to the
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement.   DTC  will  forward  such  reports  to  the
Participants  and indirect  participants  by mail for forwarding to the Owner of
any  Class A  Certificates  (the  "Owner"  or  "Certificateholder").  See  "Risk
Factors" and "Description of the  Certificates -- Reports to Owners".  The Trust
will not provide any financial information to the Owners which has been examined
and  reported  upon,  with  an  opinion  expressed  by,  an  independent  public
accountant. The Seller, the Sponsor and the Master Servicer have determined that
their  respective  financial  statements  are not material to the offering  made
hereby.  The Trust will have no assets or  obligations  prior to issuance of the
Certificates and will engage in no activities other than those described herein.
Accordingly,  no financial  statements with respect to the Trust are included in
this Prospectus  Supplement and the related  Prospectus.  The audited  financial
statements of the Certificate Insurer are set forth in Appendix A hereto.





                                       S-3



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                     SUMMARY

        This  summary is  qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information   appearing   elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus   Supplement  and  the
accompanying  Prospectus.   Reference  is  made  to  the  Indices  of  Principal
Definitions  for the  location  in  either  the  Prospectus  or this  Prospectus
Supplement of the definitions of certain capitalized terms.

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>     
Issuer                              Access Financial Mortgage Loan Trust 1996-3 (the "Trust").

Securities Offered                  $44,843,000  aggregate principal amount   of   Class  A-1 Group I Certificates,
                                    Variable   Pass-Through  Rate;   $28,572,000    aggregate   principal    amount
                                    of  Class A-2   Group  I  Certificates,  6.900% Pass-Through Rate;  $13,552,000
                                    aggregate   principal  amount  of  Class  A-3  Group  I  Certificates,   7.250%
                                    Pass-Through Rate;  $10,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Class A-4 Group I
                                    Certificates,  7.500% Pass-Through Rate; $10,744,000 aggregate principal amount
                                    of Class A-5 Group I Certificates,  7.600%  Pass-Through  Rate; and $98,886,000
                                    aggregate  principal  amount  of  Class  A-6  Group II  Certificates,  Variable
                                    Pass-Through Rate.

Sponsor                             Cargill   Financial    Services    Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
                                    "Sponsor").

Seller                              Access   Financial   Lending   Corp.,  a  Delaware  corporation  ("AFL") and  a
                                    wholly-owned   subsidiary  of  Access  Financial  Holdings  Corp.,  a  Delaware
                                    corporation (the "Seller").


Master Servicer                     Access Financial Lending Corp. (the "Master Servicer").

Trustee                             Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association (the "Trustee").

Originators of the Mortgage Loans   The  Mortgage  Loans to be acquired by the  Trust have  been  acquired  by  the
                                    Seller  from the Originators,  in  accordance with  the  Seller's  underwriting
                                    criteria.

Original Pool Principal
  Balance                           $207,596,998.90 as of the close of business on the Cut-Off Date.

Original Group I
  Pool Principal Balance            $107,711,655.82 as of the close of business on the Cut-Off Date.

Original Group II
  Pool Principal Balance            $99,885,343.08 as of the close of business on the Cut-Off Date.

Closing Date                        On or about August 27, 1996.

Cut-Off Date                        August 1, 1996.
</TABLE>


                                       S-4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>

<S>                                 <C>       
Description of the
  Certificates                      The  Certificates  will be  issued  by the  Trust  pursuant  to a  Pooling  and
                                    Servicing  Agreement  to be  dated as of  August  1,  1996  (the  "Pooling  and
                                    Servicing  Agreement") among the Sponsor,  the Master Servicer and the Trustee.
                                    The  $107,711,000  aggregate  principal amount of Class A Group I Certificates,
                                    comprised of five "sequential pay" Classes (the "Class A Group I Certificates")
                                    and  the  $98,886,000   aggregate  principal  amount  of  Class  A-6  Group  II
                                    Certificates (the "Class A-6 Group II Certificates") are senior certificates as
                                    described herein.

                                    The Trust will issue a subordinate  Class of Certificates with respect to Group
                                    I (the "Class B Group I Certificates")  and a subordinate Class of Certificates
                                    with  respect to Group II (the "Class B Group II  Certificates",  and  together
                                    with the Class B Group I Certificates,  the "Class B Certificates"),  which are
                                    subordinated  to the  Class A Group I  Certificates  and the Class A-6 Group II
                                    Certificates,  respectively.  The Class B  Certificates  are not being  offered
                                    hereby.  The Trust  will also issue one  residual  class of  Certificates  with
                                    respect to each REMIC election made by the Trust (the "Residual  Certificates")
                                    which are not being offered hereby and will initially be retained by the Seller
                                    or its  affiliates.  The Class A Group I  Certificates,  the Class A-6 Group II
                                    Certificates,  the  Class  B  Group  I  Certificates,  the  Class  B  Group  II
                                    Certificates and the Residual  Certificates are collectively referred to as the
                                    "Certificates".  The  Class A Group I  Certificates  and the Class A-6 Group II
                                    Certificates are collectively referred to as the "Class A Certificates".

A.  Class A Group I
    Certificates                    The  Class  A  Group  I  Certificates  represent  senior  beneficial  ownership
                                    interests  in  Group I. One  hundred  percent  (100%)  of the  Group I  Insured
                                    Distribution   Amount  (as   described   herein  under   "Description   of  the
                                    Certificates")  due to the Owners of the Class A Group I  Certificates  on each
                                    Payment Date is  guaranteed by the  Certificate  Insurer.  The final  scheduled
                                    Payment Date for the Class A-1 Group I  Certificates  is May 18, 2011,  for the
                                    Class  A-2  Group I  Certificates  is May 18,  2011,  for the Class A-3 Group I
                                    Certificates  is November 18, 2015, for the Class A-4 Group I  Certificates  is
                                    June 18, 2022 and for the Class A-5 Group I Certificates is September 18, 2027.
                                    Each Class of Class A Group I  Certificates  is issuable in original  principal
                                    amounts of $1,000 and integral  multiples  thereof except that one  certificate
                                    for each  Class of Class A Group I  Certificates  may be issued in a  different
                                    amount.

B.  Class A-6 Group
    II Certificates                 The Class A-6  Group II  Certificates  represent  senior  beneficial  ownership
                                    interests  in Group II.  One  hundred  percent  (100%) of the Group II  Insured
                                    Distribution   Amount  (as   described   herein  under   "Description   of  the
                                    Certificates") due to the Owners of the Class A-6 Group II Certificates on each
                                    Payment Date is  guaranteed by the  Certificate  Insurer.  The final  scheduled
                                    Payment Date for the Class A-6 Group II  Certificates  is January 18, 2027. The
                                    Class A-6 Group II Certificates are issuable in original  principal  amounts of
                                    $1,000 and integral multiples thereof except that one certificate may be issued
                                    in a different amount.

The Mortgage Loan Pool              The statistical information concerning the Pool of Mortgage Loans is based upon
                                    Pool  information  as of the close of business on August 1, 1996 (the  "Cut-Off
                                    Date").

</TABLE>




                                      S-5



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>              
                             
                                    The Pool of Mortgage  Loans  consists of Notes secured by  mortgages,  deeds of
                                    trust or other  instruments  creating liens or estates in fee simple  interests
                                    ("Mortgages")  on  one-  to  four-family  residential   properties,   including
                                    investment  properties.  The  Mortgage  Loans  will not be  insured  by primary
                                    mortgage  insurance  policies,  nor will any pool insurance insure the Mortgage
                                    Loans.  The Mortgage Loans are not guaranteed by the Sponsor,  the Seller,  the
                                    Master  Servicer,  the  Sub-Servicers,  the Trustee or any of their  respective
                                    affiliates.  The  Mortgage  Loans will be serviced by the Master  Servicer on a
                                    "scheduled/actual"  basis (i.e.,  "scheduled"  interest and "actual"  principal
                                    receipts are required to be remitted by the Master Servicer to the Trustee each
                                    month).

                                    Each  Mortgage  Loan in the Trust will be assigned to one of two mortgage  loan
                                    groups ("Group I" or the "Group II",  each, a "Mortgage Loan Group")  comprised
                                    of Mortgage Loans which bear fixed-interest  rates only in the case of Group I,
                                    and Mortgage  Loans which bear  adjustable  interest  rates only in the case of
                                    Group  II.  As of the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  Mortgage  Loans  in  Group I had an
                                    aggregate  principal  balance of approximately  $107,711,655.82  (the "Original
                                    Group I Pool Principal Balance"), and the Mortgage Loans in the Group II had an
                                    aggregate  principal  balance of  approximately  $99,885,343.08  (the "Original
                                    Group  II  Pool  Principal  Balance").  The  sum of the  Original  Group I Pool
                                    Principal  Balance and the Original Group II Pool Principal Balance is equal to
                                    the "Original Pool Principal Balance".

                                    The Pool of Mortgage Loans in Group I consists of approximately 1,670 Mortgages
                                    secured  by  Mortgaged  Properties  located in 45 states  and the  District  of
                                    Columbia. The Pool of Mortgage Loans in Group I consists as of the Cut-Off Date
                                    and as a  percentage  of  the  Original  Group  I Pool  Principal  Balance,  of
                                    approximately  94.93% of loans secured by first liens on the related  Mortgaged
                                    Properties  and  approximately  5.07% of loans  secured by second  liens on the
                                    related Mortgaged Properties. The Pool of Mortgage Loans in Group I consists of
                                    approximately  93.71% of loans  secured  by primary  residences.  45.27% of the
                                    Mortgage  Loans in Group I will be fully  amortizing and 54.73% of the Mortgage
                                    Loans in Group I are "balloon loans"  ("Balloon  Loans").  The weighted average
                                    Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio (with property values calculated as of the time of
                                    origination  of the related  Mortgage  Loan) of the Pool of  Mortgage  Loans in
                                    Group  I is  approximately  75.09%  with  a  range  from  approximately  9%  to
                                    approximately   90%  the  weighted  average   remaining  term  to  maturity  is
                                    approximately  228  months,  with a range  from 21  months to 360  months;  the
                                    weighted average number of months since  origination is approximately  1.5; the
                                    average  principal  balance of the Mortgage  Loans in Group I is  approximately
                                    $64,498 the highest principal balance is approximately  $342,000 and the lowest
                                    principal  balance is  approximately  $9,909.11;  the Coupon Rates (the "Coupon
                                    Rates") of the  Mortgage  Loans in Group I range from 7.00% per annum to 17.50%
                                    per annum,  with a weighted  average  Coupon Rate of  approximately  11.57% per
                                    annum.

                                    The Pool of Mortgage Loans in Group II consists of 1,031  Mortgages  secured by
                                    Mortgaged  Properties  located in 39 states and the District of  Columbia.  The
                                    Pool of Mortgage  Loans in Group II  consists  as of the Cut-Off  Date and as a
                                    percentage of the Original Group II Pool Principal Balance,  of 99.86% of loans
                                    secured by first liens on the related Mortgaged Properties and
</TABLE>





                                      S-6



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 
                                    approximately  0.14% of loans secured by second liens on the related  Mortgaged
                                    Properties.  The Pool of Mortgage  Loans in Group II consists of  approximately
                                    96.71% of loans secured by primary residences.  99.10% of the Mortgage Loans in
                                    Group II will be fully  amortizing  and 0.90% of the Mortgage Loans in Group II
                                    are Balloon Loans.  The weighted  average  Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio (with
                                    property  values  calculated  as of the  time  of  origination  of the  related
                                    Mortgage  Loan) of the  Pool of  Mortgage  Loans  in Group II is  approximately
                                    76.08% with a range from  approximately  16.00% to  approximately  90.00%;  the
                                    weighted average remaining term to maturity is approximately 356 months, with a
                                    range from 118 months to 360  months;  the  weighted  average  number of months
                                    since  origination is  approximately  1; the average  principal  balance of the
                                    Mortgage Loans in Group II is approximately  $96,882.00,  the highest principal
                                    balance  is  approximately  $400,000.00  and the  lowest  principal  balance is
                                    approximately  $9,947.40;  the Coupon Rates of the  Mortgage  Loans in Group II
                                    range from 7.225% per annum to 13.95% per annum, with a weighted average Coupon
                                    Rate of  approximately  9.789% per annum;  the margins of the Mortgage Loans in
                                    Group  II  range  from  3.00% to  10.50%  with a  weighted  average  margin  of
                                    approximately  6.50% per annum.  The Coupon Rates of Mortgage Loans in Group II
                                    bear interest  rates that adjust  semi-annually  based on six-month  LIBOR.  In
                                    general the  interest  rates on the  Mortgage  Loans in Group II are subject to
                                    periodic interest rate caps and interest rate ceilings.

Class A-1 Pass-
  Through Rate                      On each Payment Date,  the "Class A-1  Pass-Through  Rate" will be equal to the
                                    lesser of (i) the London  interbank  offered rate for  one-month  United States
                                    dollar deposits  ("LIBOR")  (calculated as described under  "Description of the
                                    Certificates  --  Calculation  of LIBOR") as of the second to last business day
                                    prior to the  immediately  preceding  Payment  Date (or as of the second to the
                                    last  business day prior to the Closing  Date in the case of the first  Payment
                                    Date)  plus  0.120% per annum and (ii) the  weighted  average  net coupon  rate
                                    (i.e.,  the  weighted  average  coupon rate less  0.5975% for  Servicing  Fees,
                                    Trustee fees and  Certificate  Insurer  premiums)  for Group I for such Payment
                                    Date (the rate described in this clause (ii) being the "Group I Available Funds
                                    Pass-Through Rate").

Class A-2 Pass-
  Through Rate                      6.900% per annum.

Class A-3 Pass-
  Through Rate                      7.250% per annum.

Class A-4 Pass-
  Through Rate                      7.500% per annum.

Class A-5 Pass-
  Through Rate                      7.600% per annum, provided however that if the Auction Sale has not occurred by
                                    the 90th day  following the Seller  Optional  Termination  Date,  the Class A-5
                                    Pass-Through  Rate will be 8.350%  per annum for each  Payment  Date  occurring
                                    after such 90th day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on no Payment Date will the
                                    Class  A-5  Pass-Through  Rate be  greater  than the  Group I  Available  Funds
                                    Pass-Through Rate.
</TABLE>





                                      S-7



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>    
Class A-6 Pass-
  Through Rate                      On each Payment Date,  the "Class A-6  Pass-Through  Rate" will be equal to the
                                    lesser  of (i)  LIBOR  as of the  second  to last  business  day  prior  to the
                                    immediately  preceding  Payment Date (or as of the second to the last  business
                                    day prior to the  Closing  Date in the case of the  first  Payment  Date)  plus
                                    0.310% per annum,  and (ii) the  weighted  average net coupon  rate (i.e.,  the
                                    weighted average coupon rate less Servicing Fees,  Trustee fees and Certificate
                                    Insurer  premiums) for Group II for such Payment Date (the "Class A-6 Available
                                    Funds Pass-Through Rate").

                                    The  "Class  A-6  Formula  Pass-Through  Rate" for a  Payment  Date is the rate
                                    described in clause (i) of the  definition of "Class A-6 Group II  Pass-Through
                                    Rate" on such Payment Date. The excess,  if any, of (x) the interest due on the
                                    Class A-6  Certificates on any Payment Date calculated at the Class A-6 Formula
                                    Pass-Through  Rate over (y) the  interest  due on the  Class  A-6  Certificates
                                    calculated  at  the  Class  A-6  Available  Funds   Pass-Through  Rate  is  the
                                    "Supplemental Interest Amount" for such Payment Date.

                                    If, on any Payment Date, there is a Supplemental Interest Amount calculated for
                                    any Payment Date, the Owners of certain of the Class R Certificates have agreed
                                    to pay such amount.  If the full amount of the Supplemental  Interest Amount is
                                    not paid on a Payment  Date,  then the amount not paid will accrue  interest at
                                    the Class A-6 Formula Pass-Through Rate until actual payment.

                                    The  Certificate  Insurer does not guarantee the payment of, nor do the ratings
                                    assigned to the Class A-6  Certificates  address the  likelihood of the payment
                                    of, any Supplemental Interest Amount.

Payment Dates, Record
Dates and Accrual Periods           On the 18th day of each month,  or, if such day is not a business day, then the
                                    next  succeeding  business  day,  commencing  September 18, 1996 (each such day
                                    being a "Payment  Date"),  the Trustee  will be required to  distribute  to the
                                    Owners of record of the  Certificates  as of the close of business on the first
                                    business day of the current  calendar  month (with respect to the Class A Fixed
                                    Rate  Certificates)  or as of  the  close  of  business  on  the  business  day
                                    immediately  preceding such Payment Date (with respect to the Class A-1 Group I
                                    Certificates  and the Class A-6 Group II  Certificates),  except in the case of
                                    the first  Payment  Date,  on which  distributions  will be made to  holders of
                                    record as of the  Closing  Date (each such date  being the  applicable  "Record
                                    Date")  such  Owners'  Percentage  Interests  in  the  amounts  required  to be
                                    distributed to the Owners of each Class of Certificates on such Payment Date.

                                    Interest  will accrue on each Class A-2,  A-3, A-4 and A-5 Group I  Certificate
                                    during the period from and including the second day of the month  preceding the
                                    month in which a Payment Date occurs through and including the first day of the
                                    month  in  which  such  Payment  Date  occurs  and on each  Class  A-1  Group I
                                    Certificate and Class A-6 Group II Certificate  from and including each Payment
                                    Date (or the Closing  Date,  with respect to the initial  Payment  Date) to and
                                    including the day preceding the current  Payment Date.  Each period referred to
                                    in the immediately  preceding  sentence  relating to the accrual of interest is
                                    the "Accrual Period" for the related Class of
</TABLE>





                                      S-8



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>          
                                    Certificates.  Interest  will be  calculated  on the  basis of a  360-day  year
                                    consisting  of twelve 30-day months for the Class A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5 Group I
                                    Certificates. Interest for the Class A-1 Group I Certificates and the Class A-6
                                    Group II Certificates  will be calculated  based upon the actual number of days
                                    in the related Accrual Period, divided by 360.

Distributions on the
  Certificates

A. Priority of Distributions        As more fully  described  herein,  each Class of  Certificates  has a specified
                                    priority to the  collections  on the Pool of Mortgage  Loans which comprise the
                                    related  Mortgage  Loan  Group,  subject to the credit  enhancement  and cross-
                                    collateralization  provisions  hereinafter  described.  In addition,  Financial
                                    Guaranty Insurance Company, as Certificate Insurer, is required pursuant to the
                                    Certificate  Insurance  Policy to make available to the Trustee on each Payment
                                    Date 100% of the related  Class A Insured  Distribution  Amount for the related
                                    Mortgage Loan Group to the extent that available  funds remaining after payment
                                    of the Certificate  Insurer's premium and the Trustee's fee are insufficient to
                                    cover such amount.

                                    The  Owners  of the  Class A Group I  Certificates  and the  Class A-6 Group II
                                    Certificates  will receive certain monthly  distributions  of principal on each
                                    Payment Date which generally reflect  collections of principal during the prior
                                    Remittance  Period  with  respect  to the  related  Mortgage  Loan  Group.  The
                                    Certificate Insurance Policy only guarantees the amount by which the sum of the
                                    related Interest Distribution Amount and the related Subordination  Deficit, if
                                    any, exceeds Total Available Funds.

B. Distributions on
   the Class A Certificates

  1.  Interest                      
      Distributions                 Interest will accrue on each Class of Class A Certificates at the related Class
                                    A Pass-Through  Rate during each Accrual Period for such Class of Certificates,
                                    and will be  distributed,  to the extent of the Total  Available  Funds for the
                                    related Mortgage Loan Group plus the proceeds of any Insured Payments,  on each
                                    Payment  Date.  Interest  accruing  during the  related  Accrual  Period at the
                                    related  Class A  Pass-Through  Rate on the related  Class A Principal  Balance
                                    immediately  preceding  such Payment Date is referred to herein as the "Class A
                                    Interest  Distribution  Amount" for the related Class of Class A  Certificates.
                                    The "Class A Interest  Distribution  Amount" does not include the  amounts,  if
                                    any, of the Supplemental  Interest Amount  applicable to the Class A-6 Group II
                                    Certificates.  See  "Description  of the  Certificates  --  Flow of  Funds  and
                                    Distributions on the Class A Certificates" herein.

  2.  Principal                     
      Distributions                 The Holders of the Class A  Certificates  issued with respect to each  Mortgage
                                    Loan Group will be  entitled  to receive on each  Payment  Date a  distribution
                                    allocable to principal  (the "Class A Principal  Distribution  Amount" for such
                                    Mortgage Loan Group and Payment Date) which will be equal to the lesser of:
</TABLE>


                                      S-9



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>       
                                    (a)     the Total Available Funds for the related  Mortgage Loan Group plus any
                                            related  Insured  Payment minus the interest then due on account of the
                                            related Class A Certificates; and

                                    (b) (i) the sum, without duplication, of:

                                            (x) for the Mortgage Loans in the related  Mortgage Loan Group, the sum
                                                of (i) the  principal  portion  of all  scheduled  and  unscheduled
                                                payments   received  on  the  Mortgage  Loans  during  the  related
                                                Remittance  Period,  including  (a) any full or  partial  principal
                                                prepayments of any Mortgage Loans  ("Prepayments")  received during
                                                the related  Remittance  Period,  (b) the proceeds  received on any
                                                insurance policy relating to a Mortgage Loan, a Mortgaged  Property
                                                or a REO  Property,  net of proceeds to be applied to the repair of
                                                the  Mortgaged  Property or released to the  Mortgagor  (as defined
                                                herein)  and net of  expenses  reimbursable  therefrom  ("Insurance
                                                Proceeds"),   (c)  proceeds   received  in   connection   with  the
                                                liquidation of any defaulted  Mortgage Loans,  whether by trustee's
                                                sale, foreclosure sale or otherwise ("Liquidation  Proceeds"),  net
                                                of fees  and  advances  reimbursable  therefrom  ("Net  Liquidation
                                                Proceeds") and (d) proceeds received in connection with a taking of
                                                a Mortgaged  Property by  condemnation  or the  exercise of eminent
                                                domain or in  connection  with a release  of part of the  Mortgaged
                                                Property  from  the  related  lien  ("Released  Mortgaged  Property
                                                Proceeds"),  (ii) the  principal  portion of all amounts  deposited
                                                into the Principal and Interest  Account on the related  Remittance
                                                Date in connection with the repurchase of, or the substitution of a
                                                substantially  similar  mortgage  loan for, a Mortgage  as to which
                                                there is defective documentation or a breach of a representation or
                                                warranty  contained  in the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  and
                                                (iii) the proceeds  received by the Trustee in connection  with any
                                                termination of the Trust,  to the extent that such proceeds  relate
                                                to principal; and

                                            (y) the amount of any Subordination Deficit with respect to the related
                                                Mortgage Loan Group for such Payment Date; and

                                            (z) the amount of any Subordination Increase Amount with respect to the
                                                related Mortgage Loan Group for such Payment Date, to the extent of
                                                the Class B Interest  available  to be applied for such purpose for
                                                such Payment Date;

                                                                                    minus

                                       (ii) the amount of any  Subordination  Reduction  Amount with respect to the
                                            related Mortgage Loan Group for such Payment Date.

                                    The amount of any Subordination Deficit or Subordination  Increase Amount to be
                                    paid to the Holders of the Class A Certificates  will be paid to the Holders of
                                    the Class A Certificates then entitled to receive distributions of
</TABLE>





                                      S-10



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C> 
                                    principal.  Similarly,  the amount of any Subordination  Reduction Amount to be
                                    deducted  from  the  Class A  Principal  Distribution  Amount  for the  Class A
                                    Certificates will be deducted from such amounts otherwise due to the Holders of
                                    the Class A Certificates then entitled to receive distributions of principal.

                                    The amount of any loss on a Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan in the related  Mortgage
                                    Loan Group (i.e., a Realized Loss) may or may not be allocated to the Owners of
                                    the Class A Certificates issued with respect to such Mortgage Loan Group on the
                                    Payment Date which immediately follows the event of loss.  However,  the Owners
                                    of each Class of the Class A  Certificates  are  entitled  to receive  ultimate
                                    recovery of 100% of the original principal balance for such Class.

                                    The Class A Group I Certificates  have been tranched into five "sequential pay"
                                    Classes,  such that the Class A-5 Group I Certificates  are entitled to receive
                                    no principal  distributions  until the Class A-4 Certificate  Principal Balance
                                    has been reduced to zero,  the Class A-4 Group I  Certificates  are entitled to
                                    receive no principal  distributions  until the Class A-3 Certificate  Principal
                                    Balance  has been  reduced  to zero,  the Class A-3  Group I  Certificates  are
                                    entitled to receive no principal  distributions until the Class A-2 Certificate
                                    Principal  Balance  has  been  reduced  to  zero,  and the  Class  A-2  Group I
                                    Certificates are entitled to receive no principal distributions until the Class
                                    A-1 Certificate Principal Balance has been reduced to zero.

                                    As of any Payment Date, the "Class A Certificate Principal Balance" for a Class
                                    of Class A Certificates,  prior to any  distribution on such Payment Date, will
                                    equal the original Class A Certificate Principal Balance of such Class less the
                                    sum of all amounts previously distributed to the Owners of the related Class of
                                    Class A  Certificates  on account of  principal.  "Class A Group I  Certificate
                                    Principal Balance" refers to the Class A Group I Certificates, and the "Class A
                                    Group II  Certificate  Principal  Balance"  refers  to the  Class  A-6 Group II
                                    Certificates.

C.      Class A
        Distribution Amounts
        and Class A Insured 
        Distribution Amounts        The  "Class  A  Distribution  Amount"  with  respect  to each  Class of Class A
                                    Certificates and Payment Date is the sum, without duplication, of (x) the Class
                                    A Interest Distribution Amount with respect to such Class and Payment Date, (y)
                                    the Class A Principal  Distribution  Amount, if any, with respect to such Class
                                    and Payment Date and (z) the Class A Carry-Forward Amount, if any, with respect
                                    to such Class and Payment Date.

                                    The "Class A Carry-Forward Amount" means, with respect to each Class of Class A
                                    Certificates and Payment Date, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the amount,
                                    if any, by which (x) the Class A  Distribution  Amount for the related Class of
                                    Class A Certificates as of the immediately  preceding Payment Date exceeded (y)
                                    the  amount  of the  actual  distribution,  exclusive  of any  portion  thereof
                                    representing the proceeds of an Insured  Payment,  to the Owners of the related
                                    Class of Class A Certificates on such  immediately  preceding  Payment Date and
                                    (b)  interest on the  amount,  if any,  described  in clause (a) at the related
                                    Class A Pass-Through Rate from such immediately preceding Payment Date.
</TABLE>





                                     S-11



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C> 
                                    The "Class A Insured Distribution Amount" with respect to each Class of Class A
                                    Certificates and Payment Date is the sum, without duplication, of (x) the Class
                                    A Interest Distribution Amount with respect to such Class and Payment Date, (y)
                                    the amount of any Subordination  Deficit with respect to such Class and Payment
                                    Date and (z) the Class A  Carry-Forward  Amount,  if any,  with respect to such
                                    class and Payment Date.

                                    To  the  extent  that  the  Certificate   Insurer  pays  Insured  Payments  the
                                    Certificate  Insurer,  as  subrogee,  will be  entitled  to receive the Class A
                                    Carry-Forward Amount.

                                    The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement provides that to the extent any portion of
                                    a Class A  Carry-Forward  Amount  relates to principal  such  portion  shall be
                                    treated as a  distribution  of  principal,  with any portion  which  relates to
                                    interest being treated as a distribution of interest.

Registration of the                 
  Class A Certificates              The Class A Certificates  will initially be issued in book-entry form.  Persons
                                    acquiring   beneficial   ownership  interests  in  such  Class  A  Certificates
                                    ("Beneficial Certificate Owners") may elect to hold their interests through The
                                    Depository  Trust  Company  ("DTC"),  in the  United  States,  or  Centrale  de
                                    Livraison  de  Valeurs  Mobiliers,  S.A.  ("CEDEL")  or  the  Euroclear  System
                                    ("Euroclear"), in Europe. Transfers within DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear, as the case
                                    may be, will be in accordance with the usual rules and operating  procedures of
                                    the  relevant  system.  So long  as the  Class A  Certificates  are  book-entry
                                    certificates,  such Class A Certificates will be evidenced by one or more Class
                                    A Certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co. ("Cede"), as the nominee of
                                    DTC  or  one  of  the  relevant  depositories   (collectively,   the  "European
                                    Depositories").  Cross-market  transfers  between persons  holding  directly or
                                    indirectly through DTC, on the one hand, and counterparties holding directly or
                                    indirectly  through CEDEL or Euroclear,  on the other,  will be effected in DTC
                                    through Citibank N.A. ("Citibank") or Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York
                                    ("Morgan"), the relevant depositories of CEDEL or Euroclear,  respectively, and
                                    each a participating  member of DTC. The Class A Certificates will initially be
                                    registered  in the name of Cede.  The  interests  of the Owners of such Class A
                                    Certificates  will be  represented  by  book-entries  on the records of DTC and
                                    participating members thereof. No Beneficial Certificate Owner will be entitled
                                    to receive a definitive certificate representing such person's interest, except
                                    in the event that Definitive  Certificates (as defined herein) are issued under
                                    the limited circumstances  described herein. All references herein to any Class
                                    A Certificates reflect the rights of Beneficial Certificate Owners only as such
                                    rights may be exercised through DTC and its participating  organizations for so
                                    long as such  Class A  Certificates  are held by DTC.  See "Risk  Factors"  and
                                    "Description  of the  Certificates  -- Book-Entry  Registration  of the Class A
                                    Certificates" herein.

Servicing of the                    
  Mortgage Loans                    The Master Servicer has agreed to service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with
                                    the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  In certain  limited  circumstances,  the
                                    Master  Servicer  may be  removed  as Master  Servicer  under the  Pooling  and
                                    Servicing Agreement.  In the event that AFL is removed as Master Servicer under
                                    the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  a successor  Master  Servicer  will be
                                    appointed thereunder.







                                     S-12



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C> 
                                    The Master  Servicer  has entered into certain  Sub-Servicing  Agreements  with
                                    respect to the Mortgage Loans. See "The Seller and the Master Servicer."

Monthly Servicing Fee               The  Master  Servicer  will  retain  fees not in excess of 0.50% per annum (the
                                    "Servicing  Fee"),  payable monthly at one-twelfth the annual rate, of the then
                                    outstanding  principal  amount of each  Mortgage  Loan serviced by it as of the
                                    close of business on the first day of the preceding calendar month.

Subordination of Class B            
  Certificates                      The Class B Certificates  are  subordinated to the Class A  Certificates.  Such
                                    subordination  is  intended to enhance  the  likelihood  that the Owners of the
                                    Class A Certificates will receive full and timely receipt of all amounts due to
                                    them.  See  "Description  of the  Certificates  --  Subordination  of  Class  B
                                    Certificates" herein.

Certificate                         
  Insurer                           Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, a New York stock insurance company.

Certificate                         
  Insurance Policy                  The  Seller   will  obtain  the   Certificate   Insurance   Policy,   which  is
                                    non-cancelable,  in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Owners of the Class A
                                    Certificates. On each Payment Date, the Certificate Insurer is required to make
                                    available  to the Trustee the amount of any  insufficiency  in Total  Available
                                    Funds for the related  Mortgage Loan Group as of such Payment Date necessary to
                                    distribute the Class A Insured  Distribution Amount with respect to the related
                                    Mortgage Loan Group.  The Certificate  Insurance  Policy does not guarantee any
                                    specified rate of Prepayments.  See "The  Certificate  Insurance Policy and the
                                    Certificate  Insurer" and  "Description of the Certificates -- Subordination of
                                    Class B Certificates" herein.

                                    The Trustee or paying agent will (i) receive as  attorney-in-fact of each Owner
                                    of the Class A Certificates,  any Insured Payment from the Certificate  Insurer
                                    and (ii) disburse the same to each Owner of the related Class A Certificates in
                                    accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  The Pooling and Servicing
                                    Agreement will provide that to the extent the Certificate Insurer makes Insured
                                    Payments,  either directly or indirectly (as by paying through the Trustee or a
                                    paying  agent),  to the  Owners of any Class A  Certificates,  the  Certificate
                                    Insurer  will be  subrogated  to the  rights  of such  Owners  of such  Class A
                                    Certificates  with respect to such Insured  Payments.  The Certificate  Insurer
                                    will receive reimbursement for such Insured Payments, but only from the sources
                                    and in the  manner  provided  in the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement.  Such
                                    subrogation and reimbursement will have no effect on the Certificate  Insurer's
                                    obligations under the Certificate Insurance Policy.

Optional                            
  Termination                       The  Seller  will  have the right to  purchase  all the  Mortgage  Loans on any
                                    Payment Date when the aggregate  principal  balances of the Mortgage  Loans has
                                    declined to ten percent or less of the  Original  Pool  Principal  Balance (the
                                    "Seller Optional  Termination  Date").  See "Description of the Certificates --
                                    Optional Termination by the Seller" herein.

Auction Sale; Step Up on
Class A-5 Pass-Through Rate         The Pooling and Servicing Agreement requires that, within 90 days following the
                                    Seller Optional  Termination Date, if the Seller has not exercised its optional
                                    termination right by such date, the Trustee shall solicit bids for the purchase
                                    (the "Auction Sale") of all Mortgage Loans remaining in the Trust.
</TABLE>





                                     S-13



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C> 
                                    In the event that  satisfactory  bids are  received as described in the Pooling
                                    and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  net  sale  proceeds  will  be  distributed  to
                                    Certificateholders,  in the same order of priority as  collections  received in
                                    respect of the Mortgage  Loans.  If  satisfactory  bids are not  received,  the
                                    Trustee  shall  decline to sell the  Mortgage  Loans and shall not be under any
                                    obligation to solicit any further bids or otherwise  negotiate any further sale
                                    of the Mortgage Loans.  Such sale and consequent  termination of the Trust must
                                    constitute a "qualified  liquidation"  of each REMIC  established  by the Trust
                                    under Section 860F of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including,
                                    without limitation,  the requirement that the qualified liquidation takes place
                                    over a period not to exceed 90 days.

                                    If the  Auction  Sale has not  occurred  by the 90th day  following  the Seller
                                    Optional  Termination  Date, the Class A-5 Pass Through Rate will be 8.350% for
                                    each Payment Date occurring after such 90th day. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                                    on no Payment  Date will the Class A-5  Pass-Through  Rate be greater  than the
                                    Group I Available Funds Pass-Through Rate.

Ratings                             It is a condition of the original issuance of the Class A Certificates that the
                                    Class  A  Certificates  receive  ratings  of AAA or  Aaa  by S&P  and  Moody's,
                                    respectively.  A security rating is not a  recommendation  to buy, sell or hold
                                    securities,  and may be subject to  revision or  withdrawal  at any time by the
                                    assigning entity.

                                    Such ratings  address credit risk, but do not purport to address any prepayment
                                    risk associated  with the Class A  Certificates,  nor do such ratings cover the
                                    payment of the Supplemental Interest Amounts.

Federal Income Tax
  Consequences                      One or more  elections will be made to treat certain assets of the Trust as one
                                    or more  REMICs  for  federal  income tax  purposes.  Each Class of the Class A
                                    certificates  will be  designated  as a  "regular  interest"  in a REMIC  and a
                                    separate class of  certificates  will be designated as the "residual  interest"
                                    with  respect to each REMIC.  Certificateholders  that would  otherwise  report
                                    income under a cash method of accounting  will be required to include in income
                                    interest on the Class A Certificates  (including  original issue  discount,  if
                                    any) in accordance  with an accrual method of accounting.  See "Federal  Income
                                    Tax Consequences" herein and "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations" in the
                                    Prospectus.


ERISA 
  Considerations                    As described under "ERISA Considerations"  herein, the Class A Certificates may
                                    be  purchased  by a pension  or other  employee  benefit  plan  subject  to the
                                    Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA"),  or by
                                    individual  retirement  accounts or Keogh plans covering only a sole proprietor
                                    or partner  which are not subject to ERISA but are  subject to Section  4975 of
                                    the Code  ("Plans"),  pursuant to Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption 90-32 (the
                                    "Exemption") which provides an exemption for certain transactions involving the
                                    creation, maintenance and termination of certain residential mortgage pools and
                                    holding of certain  residential  mortgage  pool  pass-through  certificates  by
                                    Plans.  Any  Plan  fiduciary  considering  whether  to  purchase  any  Class  A
                                    Certificate on behalf of a Plan should  consult with its counsel  regarding the
                                    applicability of the Exemption and the provisions
</TABLE>





                                     S-14



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    of ERISA and the Code. See "ERISA Considerations" herein and in the Prospectus.

Legal Investment
  Considerations                    The Class A Certificates will not constitute  "mortgage related securities" for
                                    purposes of the Secondary  Mortgage  Market  Enhancement Act of 1984 ("SMMEA").
                                    Accordingly,  many institutions may not be legally  authorized to invest in the
                                    Class A Certificates.

Risk Factors                        For a discussion of certain  factors that should be  considered by  prospective
                                    investors in the Class A  Certificates,  see "Risk  Factors"  herein and in the
                                    accompanying Prospectus.
</TABLE>







                                     S-15



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

        Prospective investors should consider, among other things, the following
factors  (as  well  as  the  factors  set  forth  under  "Risk  Factors"  in the
accompanying  Prospectus)  in  connection  with  the  purchase  of the  Class  A
Certificates.

        MATURITY AND  PREPAYMENT  CONSIDERATIONS.  All of the Mortgage Loans are
prepayable  in full  or in part at any  time.  The  rate of  Prepayments  on the
Mortgage  Loans may be  influenced  by a variety of  economic,  social and other
factors, including interest rates, the availability of alternative financing and
homeowner  mobility.  Although there is little significant data available on the
effects  of  interest  rates  on  prepayment  rates  for   non-purchase   money,
non-conforming  credit  mortgage  loans,  a number of factors  suggest  that the
prepayment  behavior  of a pool  of such  mortgage  loans  may be  significantly
different  from that of a pool of  purchase  money,  conforming-credit  mortgage
loans. One such factor is the typically smaller principal balance of the average
non-purchase  money  mortgage  loan  than  that of the  average  purchase  money
mortgage  conventional  loan in the typical pool. A smaller principal balance is
easier for a borrower  to prepay than a larger  balance  and  therefore a higher
prepayment rate may result for a non-purchase  money mortgage loan pool than for
a pool of purchase money mortgage loans,  irrespective  of the relative  average
interest  rates in the two pools and the general  interest rate  environment.  A
small principal balance, however, also may make refinancing a non-purchase money
mortgage loan at a lower loan rate less  attractive to the borrower  relative to
refinancing a larger principal balance  non-purchase money mortgage loan, as the
perceived  impact to the  borrower  of lower  interest  rates on the size of the
monthly  payment  on a  mortgage  loan is much less than for a larger  principal
balance  non-purchase  money mortgage loan. Other factors that might be expected
to affect the  prepayment  rate of a pool of mortgage  loans include the amounts
of, and interest rates on, the related senior mortgage loans, if one exists, and
the use of the first mortgage loans as long-term financing for home purchase and
junior  mortgage  loans as  shorter-term  financing  for a variety of  purposes,
including debt consolidation, home improvement, education expenses and purchases
of consumer durables such as automobiles. See "Risk Factors" in the accompanying
Prospectus.

        The weighted  average  life of a pool of loans is the average  amount of
time for which each dollar of principal on such loans is outstanding. Because it
is  expected  that there will be  payments of  principal  of  Mortgage  Loans in
advance  of the  scheduled  due date for the  payments  of such  principal  (the
"Prepayments")  and defaults on the Mortgage Loans,  the actual weighted average
life of the Mortgage Loans is expected to vary  substantially  from the weighted
average  life of the  Mortgage  Loans based upon their  amortization  schedules.
Prepayments  may result from voluntary  early  payments by borrowers  (including
payments in connection with  refinancings of the related first mortgage loans or
the  Mortgage  Loan  itself),  the sale of  Properties  subject  to  due-on-sale
clauses,  and  liquidations  due to default,  as well as the receipt of proceeds
from physical damage insurance  policies.  In addition,  repurchases of Mortgage
Loans from the Trust will have the same  effect as  Prepayments  of the  related
Mortgage Loans.  Substantially  all of the Mortgage Loans contain  "due-on-sale"
provisions,  and the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  generally  requires  the
Master  Servicer  to enforce  such  provisions  unless such  enforcement  is not
permitted by applicable  law. See  "Description  of the  Certificates -- Flow of
Funds and  Distributions  on the Class A Certificates",  " -- General  Servicing
Procedures", " -- Termination of the Trust", "Legal Investment  Considerations",
and "Maturity, Prepayment and Yield Considerations" herein.

        RISK OF HIGHER DEFAULT RATES FOR MORTGAGE  LOANS WITH BALLOON  PAYMENTS.
54.73% of the Original Group I Pool  Principal  Balance of the Mortgage Loans in
the Group I and 0.90% of the  Original  Group II Pool  Principal  Balance of the
Mortgage Loans in the Group II are Balloon  Loans.  See "Risk Factors -- Risk of
Losses Associated with Balloon Loans" in the accompanying Prospectus.

        GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION OF MORTGAGE LOANS.  Approximately 51.68% of the
Original Group I Pool Principal  Balance  represents  Mortgage Loans relating to
Mortgaged  Properties located in five states:  Michigan 15.24%,  Florida 12.28%,
Georgia  11.22%,  Ohio 7.86%,  and Illinois 5.08%.  Approximately  45.92% of the
Original Group II Pool Principal Balance  represents  Mortgage Loans relating to
Mortgaged Properties located





                                      S-16



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



in five states: Michigan 15.15%,  California 13.10%, Texas 8.00%, Maryland 4.85%
and Minnesota  4.82%. See "Risk  Factors--Geographic  Concentration of Mortgaged
Properties."

        RISK OF  HIGHER  DEFAULT  RATES  FOR  JUNIOR  LIEN  LOANS.  5.07% of the
Original  Group I Pool  Principal  Balance  of the  Mortgage  Loans  relates  to
Mortgage  Loans  secured  by liens  which  are in a second  position.  See "Risk
Factors -- Risk of the Losses Associated with Junior Liens" in the Prospectus.

        RISK OF POTENTIAL TERMINATION OF TRUST. The Trust may be terminated when
the  aggregate  principal  balances of the  Mortgage  Loans has  declined to ten
percent or less of the Original Pool  Principal  Balance,  either by the Seller,
exercising its optional  termination right, or pursuant to the Auction Sale. See
"Description  of  Certificates  --  Optional  Termination  by  the  Seller"  and
"Description of the Certificates -- Auction Sale".  Such a termination  would be
the  equivalent  of a prepayment  of all the Mortgage  Loans.  The Owners of the
Class A  Certificates  would receive from the proceeds  resulting  from any such
termination,  any interest accrued and unpaid, together with any distribution of
principal owed and unpaid, in the order of priority set forth under "Description
of  Certificates  --  Distributions  on the  Class  A  Certificates".  Any  such
termination  of the  Trust  will  reduce  the  yield  to  maturity  on  Class  A
Certificates  purchased at a premium.  See  "Description of the  Certificates --
Termination of the Trust" herein.

        EFFECT OF  MORTGAGE  LOAN YIELD ON CLASS A-1 AND CLASS A-6  PASS-THROUGH
RATE.  The Class A-1 Pass-Through  Rate is based upon the value of an adjustable
index  (one-month  LIBOR),  while the Coupon Rates on the Group I Mortgage Loans
are fixed.  Consequently,  the interest which becomes due on such Mortgage Loans
in Group I (net of the  Servicing  Fees,  the Trustee  fees and the  Certificate
Insurer  premiums)  during any Remittance  Period may be less than the amount of
interest  that would accrue at one-month  LIBOR plus the margin on the Class A-1
Group I Certificates,  during the related Accrual Period, and will be limited to
such  lower  amount.  The Class  A-1 Group I  Certificates  do not  contain  any
"carry-forward"  or  "catch-up"  feature  if the amount of  interest  paid is so
limited.

        The Class A-6 Group II  Pass-Through  Rate is based upon the value of an
index  (one-month  LIBOR)  which  is  different  from the  value of the  indices
applicable to the Mortgage  Loans in Group II, as described  under "The Mortgage
Pool -- Group II"  (either  as a result of the use of a  different  index,  rate
determination  date, rate  adjustment  date or rate cap or floor).  The Mortgage
Loans in  Group  II  primarily  adjust  semi-annually  or  yearly  based  upon a
six-month LIBOR index whereas the Class A-6 Group II  Pass-Through  Rate adjusts
monthly  based on a  one-month  LIBOR  index  and is  limited  by the  Class A-6
Available Funds  Pass-Through  Rate, unless  Supplemental  Interest Amounts (the
payment of which is not  insured  by the  Certificate  Insurer  and which is not
rated) are funded in full.  Consequently the actual Class A-6 Pass-Through  Rate
for such Payment Date may not equal the Class A-6 Formula  Pass-Through Rate for
such Payment Date. In  particular,  the interest  rates on the Mortgage Loans in
Group II adjust less frequently, with the result that the actual Class A-6 Pass-
Through  Rate may be lower  than the Class  A-6  Formula  Pass-Through  Rate for
extended periods in a rising interest rate environment.  In addition,  one-month
LIBOR and six-month LIBOR may respond to different  economic and market factors,
and there is not necessarily any correlation between them. Thus, it is possible,
for example,  that one-month  LIBOR may rise during periods in which one or more
Indices  are falling or that,  even if both  one-month  LIBOR and  Indices  rise
during  the same  period,  one-month  LIBOR  may rise  much  more  rapidly  than
six-month  LIBOR.  See "Class A-6  Pass-Through  Rate" in the  Summary  for this
Prospectus Supplement.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

        The Sponsor will cause the Trust to acquire the Mortgage  Loans from the
Seller  concurrently with the sale of the Certificates and the net proceeds from
the sale of the  Certificates  will be paid to the  Seller.  Such  net  proceeds
(together  with  the  Residual  Certificates  retained  by  the  Seller  or  its
affiliates)  will, in effect,  represent the purchase price paid by the Trust to
the Seller for the Mortgage Loans.  Substantially all of the net proceeds, after
funding  transaction  costs,  to be received from the sale of the Mortgage Loans
will be





                                      S-17



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



applied by the Seller to finance the purchase of, or to repay  short-term  loans
incurred  to  finance  the  purchase  of,  the  Mortgage  Loans  underlying  the
Certificates or will be deposited by the Seller in its general funds and used by
the Seller for general corporate purposes.

                                   THE SPONSOR

        Cargill Financial Services Corporation ("CFSC"), a Delaware corporation,
is  a  wholly-owned  financial  services  subsidiary  of  Cargill,  Incorporated
("Cargill"), a privately-held Delaware corporation. CFSC's operations consist of
global proprietary  trading activities,  as well as other specialized  financial
services.  CFSC was  formed in 1984 and  currently  manages  over $6  billion in
assets.  CFSC is  headquartered  in  Minneapolis  and  has  over  650  employees
worldwide.  CFSC is the financial services arm of Cargill.  Established in 1865,
Cargill  began as a grain  trading  company.  Since  then,  Cargill has grown to
become a major international merchant and processor of agricultural,  industrial
and  financial  commodities.  Cargill  operates  in 66  countries,  with  76,500
employees and approximately $56 billion in annual sales.

        As described  herein,  the only  obligations of CFSC will be pursuant to
certain representations and warranties made with respect to itself.

                         THE SELLER AND MASTER SERVICER

        Access  Financial  Lending  Corp.  ("AFL" or the  "Seller"),  a Delaware
corporation,  provides  housing  finance  programs to consumers  throughout  the
United States through its Mortgage  Lending and Manufactured  Housing  Programs.
The Seller is the  successor  by merger of Access  Financial  Lending  Corp.,  a
Delaware corporation  (formerly Equicon  Corporation),  whose principal business
was the purchase of non-conforming  mortgages, and Access Financial Corp., whose
principal business was the retail financing of manufactured  housing. The merger
occurred on July 1, 1996.

        The Seller is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of Access  Financial  Holdings
Corp. ("AFH"),  which is a Delaware  corporation and wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Cargill  Financial  Services  Corporation.  AFH was  formed in  January  1996 to
facilitate the continued growth of the housing finance business.

        The Seller  maintains  its  principal  offices at 400 Highway 169 South,
Suite 400, St. Louis Park, Minnesota 55426-0365.

        As  described  herein,  AFL  will be  obligated  to  repurchase  certain
Mortgage Loans  pursuant  to  certain  representations   and   warranties   made
with  respect to the Mortgage Loans. See "The Mortgage Loan Pool - Mortgage Loan
Program - Underwriting Standards; Representations" herein.

        As Master Servicer,  AFL will be obligated to service the Mortgage Loans
pursuant  to the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement.  AFL  has  entered  into a
sub-servicing  agreement  with LSI Financial  Group  ("LSI") which  provides for
servicing  and  administration  of  the  Mortgage  Loans.  Notwithstanding  such
sub-servicing agreement, AFL shall be obligated to the same extent and under the
same terms and  conditions  under the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement as if it
alone were servicing and  administering  the Mortgage Loans. See "Description of
the Certificates -- General Servicing Procedures" herein.

THE SUB-SERVICER

        LSI is an  approved  HUD Title I and  Title II  servicer.  LSI  services
several  securitized  and whole  loan  portfolios  comprised  of  single  family
mortgage  products.  LSI's  corporate  offices are located at 415 North McKinley
Street,  Suite  1250,  Little  Rock,  Arkansas  72205.  LSI  commenced  mortgage
servicing  operations in 1990 and since then has managed and serviced  sub-prime
conduit  programs,  distressed RTC  portfolios,  and  third-party  mortgage loan
portfolios.






                                      S-18



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                             THE MORTGAGE LOAN POOL

GENERAL

        The  statistical  information  concerning  the Pool of Mortgage Loans is
based upon Pool  information  as of the close of business on August 1, 1996 (the
"Cut-Off Date").

        The  Mortgage  Loans  consist  of  2,701  mortgage  loans  evidenced  by
promissory  notes (the  "Notes")  secured by deeds of trust,  security  deeds or
mortgages on the properties (the "Properties" or "Mortgaged Properties"),  which
are located in 46 states and the District of Columbia.  The Properties  securing
the  Mortgage  Loans  consist of one- to  four-family  residences  (which may be
detached,  part  of a one-  to  four-family  dwelling,  a  condominium  unit,  a
townhouse  or a unit in a  planned  unit  development).  The  Properties  may be
owner-occupied (which includes second and vacation homes) and non-owner occupied
investment properties.

        Each  Mortgage Loan in the Trust will be assigned to one of two mortgage
loan groups:  "Group I" or "Group II", (each a "Mortgage Loan Group")  comprised
of Mortgage  Loans which bear fixed interest rates only, in the case of Group I,
and Mortgage  Loans which bear  adjustable  interest  rates only, in the case of
Group II. The Class A Group I Certificates  will be issued in respect of Group I
and the Class A-6 Group II Certificates will be issued in respect of Group II.

        The  Mortgage  Loans in Group I consist  of  45.27% of fully  amortizing
mortgage loans and 54.73% of Balloon Loans;  consist of approximately  94.93% of
loans  secured by first  liens on the  related  Properties,  with the  remainder
representing second liens;  consist of approximately  93.71% of loans secured by
primary residences.  No Group I Mortgage Loan is more than 59 days contractually
delinquent as of the Cut-Off Date.

        The  Mortgage  Loans in Group II consist  of 99.10% of fully  amortizing
mortgage loans and 0.90% of Balloon Loans; consist of 99.86% of loans secured by
first liens on the related  Properties;  and consist of approximately 96.71 % of
Loans secured by primary  residences.  No Group II Mortgage Loan is more than 59
days contractually delinquent as of the Cut-Off Date.





                                      S-19



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                     DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE ON THE SELLER'S
                         PORTFOLIO OF MORTGAGE LOANS(1)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  AS OF
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       JUNE 30,       DECEMBER      JUNE 30,      DECEMBER      JUNE 30,     DECEMBER     JUNE 30,
                                         1996         31, 1995        1995        31, 1994        1994       31, 1993       1993
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<S>                                   <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>        
Number of Mortgage Loans ...........        11,242         7,115         4,524         2,756         1,829          983          363

Dollar amount of Mortgage Loans ....  $811,283,083  $506,475,487  $320,202,611  $220,664,420  $147,335,800  $71,604,504  $22,307,501

DELINQUENCY PERIOD
30-59 Days

   % of number of loans (2) ........         4.10%         3.32%        2.52%          0.87%         1.86%        0.30%        1.65%

   % of dollar amount of loans (3)..         3.67%         2.88%        2.08%          0.79%         2.03%        0.31%        1.94%

60-89 days

   % of number of loans (2) ........         1.07%         0.97%        1.33%          0.07%         0.16%        0.41%        0.55%

   % of dollar amount of loans (3)..         0.95%         0.89%        1.12%          0.05%         0.11%        0.42%        0.34%

90 days and over

   % of number of loans (2) ........         2.51%         1.04%        0.42%          0.22%         0.38%        0.51%        0.28%

   % of dollar amount of loans (3)..         2.48%         1.02%        0.46%          0.20%         0.07%        0.26%        0.30%

Foreclosed Properties

   % of number of loans (2) ........         0.15%         0.82%        0.69%          0.65%         0.27%        0.00%        0.00%

   % of dollar amount of loans (3)..         0.14%         0.79%        0.64%          0.74%         0.38%        0.00%        0.00%
</TABLE>



(1)     The Mortgage  Loans  comprising the  Seller's portfolio  were originated
        beginning  in April 1992.  The variable rate program  commenced in April
        1994.
(2)     The number of  delinquent  Mortgage  Loans or the  number of  foreclosed
        properties as a percentage of the total "Number of Mortgage Loans" as of
        the date indicated.
(3)     The dollar amount of delinquent  Mortgage  Loans or the dollar amount of
        foreclosed  properties as a percentage  of the total  "Dollar  amount of
        Mortgage Loans" as of the date indicated.







                                      S-20



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                      LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE ON THE SELLER'S
                           PORTFOLIO OF MORTGAGE LOANS

        Prior to June 14,  1995,  the  Seller  experienced  no losses  since the
Seller's program began.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      For the Twelve Months Ended   For the Six Months Ended
                                                December 31, 1995              June 30, 1996
                                     --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                        <C>         
Average amount outstanding(1).........               $336,701,220               $679,456,604
Gross losses(2).......................                    920,001                    285,716
Recoveries(3).........................                    753,109                    184,613
Net losses(4).........................                    166,892                    101,103
Net losses as a percentage of average
  amount outstanding..................                      0.05%                      0.01%
</TABLE>



(1)     "Average Amount Outstanding" during the period is the arithmetic average
        of the principal  balances of the mortgage loans outstanding on the last
        business day of each month during the period.
(2)     "Gross Losses" are the principal  amounts of the mortgage loans for each
        respective period which have been determined to be uncollectible.
(3)     "Recoveries"  represent  the  excess of (x) the sum of  recoveries  from
        liquidation  proceeds  and  deficiency  judgments  over  (y)  the sum of
        expenses and accrued interest.
(4)     "Net Losses" represents "Gross Losses" minus "Recoveries".

        While the above  delinquency  and loan loss  experience  represents  the
recent experience of the Seller's  portfolio of Mortgage Loans,  there can be no
assurance that the future  delinquency  and loan loss experience on the Mortgage
Loans included in the Pool will be similar.  The Seller can neither quantify the
impact of any recent  property  value declines on the Mortgage Loans nor predict
whether,  to what extent or how long such declines may continue.  In a period of
such  decline,  the  rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and  losses  on the
Mortgage Loans could be higher than those heretofore experienced in the mortgage
lending industry in general. In addition, adverse economic conditions (which may
or may not affect  real  property  values)  may  affect  the  timely  payment by
borrowers of scheduled  payments of principal and interest on the Mortgage Loans
and, accordingly, the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses.

GROUP I

        The Mortgage Loans in Group I consist of approximately 1,670 loans under
which the related Mortgaged Properties are located in 45 states and the District
of Columbia as set forth herein.  As of the CutOff Date,  the Mortgage  Loans in
Group I had an  aggregate  principal  balance of  $107,711,655.82,  the  maximum
principal  balance of any of the Mortgage Loans in Group I was $342,000.00,  the
minimum  principal  balance thereof was $9,909.11,  and the principal balance of
the Mortgage Loans in Group I averaged  $64,498.  As of the Cut-Off Date, Coupon
Rates on the  Mortgage  Loans in Group I ranged  from 7.00% to 17.50% per annum,
and the weighted average Coupon Rate of the Mortgage Loans in Group I was 11.57%
per annum.  As of the Cut-Off Date, the original term to stated  maturity of the
Mortgage  Loans in Group I ranged  from 60 months to 360 months,  the  remaining
term to  stated  maturity  ranged  from 21 months to 360  months,  the  weighted
average original term to stated maturity was 230 months and the weighted average
remaining  term to stated  maturity was 228 months.  No Mortgage Loan in Group I
had a stated  maturity  later  than  August 1,  2026.  45.27%  of the  aggregate
principal  balance of the Mortgage Loans in Group I require monthly  payments of
principal  that will  fully  amortize  the  Mortgage  Loans by their  respective
maturity dates,  and 54.73% of the aggregate  principal  balance of the Mortgage
Loans in Group I are Balloon Loans.

        The sum of the percentage  columns set forth in the following tables may
not equal 100% due to rounding.





                                      S-21



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                             GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION
                                     GROUP I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                NUMBER       AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                  OF         PRINCIPAL BALANCE          % OF
                               MORTGAGE          AS OF THE            AGGREGATE
STATE                            LOANS         CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----                        -------------  -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                  <C>     <C>                           <C>  
Alabama                               81     $   3,968,287.29              3.68%
Arizona                               20         1,307,440.14              1.21
California                            53         4,636,456.84              4.30
Colorado                              18         1,048,901.68              0.97
Connecticut                            5           858,458.77              0.80
Delaware                               2           199,870.29              0.19
District of Columbia                   7           442,860.16              0.41
Florida                              189        13,225,805.82             12.28
Georgia                              178        12,086,444.58             11.22
Hawaii                                 4           503,689.50              0.47
Idaho                                  7           406,470.75              0.38
Illinois                              65         5,476,187.12              5.08
Indiana                               65         3,372,369.99              3.13
Iowa                                   3           213,291.92              0.20
Kansas                                 5           232,512.39              0.22
Kentucky                              13           552,492.56              0.51
Louisiana                              3           138,628.58              0.13
Maryland                              35         3,303,409.50              3.07
Massachusetts                         27         2,442,341.75              2.27
Michigan                             291        16,419,057.50             15.24
Minnesota                             44         2,562,458.38              2.38
Mississippi                           10           573,444.35              0.53
Missouri                              24         1,201,204.61              1.12
Montana                                2           169,589.08              0.16
Nevada                                 8           651,203.81              0.60
New Hampshire                          3           212,320.93              0.20
New Jersey                            49         3,958,770.65              3.68
New Mexico                             1           103,851.95              0.10
New York                               7           592,272.80              0.55
North Carolina                        48         2,706,985.80              2.51
Ohio                                 141         8,469,292.37              7.86
Oklahoma                               1            27,098.13              0.03
Oregon                                24         1,750,550.69              1.63
Pennsylvania                          21         1,331,757.31              1.24
Rhode Island                          17           955,239.38              0.89
South Carolina                        54         2,806,641.22              2.61
South Dakota                           1            35,940.71              0.03
Tennessee                             39         2,313,526.11              2.15
Texas                                 26         2,373,203.99              2.20
Utah                                  34         1,576,698.91              1.46
Vermont                                2            60,100.00              0.06
Virginia                               3           269,027.80              0.25
Washington                             6           357,199.27              0.33
West Virginia                          5           272,350.00              0.25
Wisconsin                             28         1,455,950.44              1.35
Wyoming                                1            90,000.00              0.08
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                              1,670      $107,711,655.82            100.00%
======================================================================================
</TABLE>

        The  combined  loan-to-value  ratio of a  Mortgage  Loan is equal to the
ratio  (expressed as a percentage) of (x) the sum of the (i) original  principal
balance of such Mortgage Loan and (ii) the outstanding principal balances of any
senior  mortgage  loans  (computed at the date of  origination  of such Mortgage
Loan) and (y) the appraised value of the related Mortgaged  Property at the time
of  origination  or in the case of a purchase  money mortgage loan the lesser of
the  purchase  price or the  appraised  value at the  time of  origination  (the
"Combined   Loan-to-Value   Ratio").  The  Combined   Loan-to-Value  Ratios  are
distributed as follows:





                                      S-22



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIO DISTRIBUTION
                                     GROUP I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              NUMBER        AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                OF          PRINCIPAL BALANCE          % OF
RANGE OF COMBINED            MORTGAGE           AS OF THE            AGGREGATE
LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS           LOANS          CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------     ----------------  -------------------  ------------------
<S>                               <C>      <C>                             <C>  
 5.001 to 10.000                      1     $       9,909.11               0.01%
15.001 to 20.000                      3            49,882.37               0.05
20.001 to 25.000                     15           451,122.54               0.42
25.001 to 30.000                     12           351,796.27               0.33
30.001 to 35.000                     17           601,900.02               0.56
35.001 to 40.000                     21           609,827.82               0.57
40.001 to 45.000                     23         1,066,312.76               0.99
45.001 to 50.000                     41         1,460,077.34               1.36
50.001 to 55.000                     48         2,083,272.51               1.93
55.001 to 60.000                     71         3,723,279.70               3.46
60.001 to 65.000                    128         6,962,102.63               6.46
65.001 to 70.000                    218        11,984,838.34              11.13
70.001 to 75.000                    284        19,138,828.96              17.77
75.001 to 80.000                    530        36,648,655.58              34.02
80.001 to 85.000                    145        11,773,539.87              10.93
85.001 to 90.000                    113        10,796,310.00              10.02
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                             1,670      $107,711,655.82             100.00%
=====================================================================================
</TABLE>


        The Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios shown above were calculated based upon
the  appraised  values  of the  Properties  at the  time of  origination  of the
Mortgage  Loans or in the case of a purchase  money  mortgage loan the lesser of
the  purchase  price or the  appraised  value at the  time of  origination  (the
"Appraised  Values").  No assurance  can be given that values of the  Properties
have remained or will remain at their levels on the dates of  origination of the
related Mortgage Loans. If the residential real estate market should  experience
an overall decline in property values such that the unpaid principal balances of
the Mortgage Loans,  together with the unpaid  principal  balances of any senior
mortgage loans, become equal to or greater than the value of the Properties, the
actual  rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and losses  could be higher than
those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry.







                                      S-23



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                            COUPON RATE DISTRIBUTION
                                     GROUP I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                NUMBER       AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                  OF         PRINCIPAL BALANCE          % OF
RANGE OF                       MORTGAGE          AS OF THE            AGGREGATE
COUPON RATES (%)                 LOANS         CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ----------------             -------------  -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                <C>       <C>                           <C>  
 6.51% to  7.00%                       1     $     136,661.91              0.13%
 7.01% to  7.50%                       1           143,384.44              0.13
 7.51% to  8.00%                       1           334,525.58              0.31
 8.01% to  8.50%                       1            43,245.99              0.04
 8.51% to  9.00%                      12         1,164,531.13              1.08
 9.01% to  9.50%                      44         3,600,969.90              3.34
 9.51% to 10.00%                     115         9,028,307.70              8.38
10.01% to 10.50%                     147         9,937,413.56              9.23
10.51% to 11.00%                     255        18,026,777.39             16.74
11.01% to 11.50%                     184        13,297,802.44             12.35
11.51% to 12.00%                     253        15,875,262.55             14.74
12.01% to 12.50%                     190        11,253,114.42             10.45
12.51% to 13.00%                     191        11,183,445.31             10.38
13.01% to 13.50%                      94         4,984,702.80              4.63
13.51% to 14.00%                      73         4,058,102.92              3.77
14.01% to 14.50%                      56         2,588,844.66              2.40
14.51% to 15.00%                      19           763,316.29              0.71
15.01% to 15.50%                      11           533,256.06              0.50
15.51% to 16.00%                      12           503,286.12              0.47
16.01% to 16.50%                       7           190,346.22              0.18
17.01% to 17.50%                       3            64,358.43              0.06
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                              1,670      $107,711,655.82            100.00%
======================================================================================
</TABLE>






                                      S-24



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        DISTRIBUTION OF UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCES AS OF THE CUT-OFF DATE
                                     GROUP I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          NUMBER                 AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                            OF                  PRINCIPAL BALANCE             % OF
RANGE OF UNPAID                          MORTGAGE                   AS OF THE               AGGREGATE
PRINCIPAL BALANCES ($)                     LOANS                  CUT-OFF DATE          PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ----------------------                     -----                  -------------         -----------------
<S>                                          <C>                 <C>                          <C>   
$     0 to $ 50,000                          767                 $26,175,276.39               24.30%
 50,001 to  100,000                          651                  45,796,057.28               42.52
100,001 to  150,000                          189                  22,888,484.71               21.25
150,001 to  200,000                           37                   6,294,108.71                5.84
200,001 to  250,000                           14                   3,061,446.45                2.84
250,001 to  300,000                            6                   1,567,800.14                1.46
300,001 to  350,000                            6                   1,928,482.14                1.79
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                      1,670                $107,711,655.82              100.00%
=======================================================================================================
</TABLE>


                        LIEN STATUS AND OCCUPANCY STATUS
                                     GROUP I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       NUMBER             AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                         OF               PRINCIPAL BALANCE              % OF
LIEN STATUS AND                       MORTGAGE                AS OF THE                AGGREGATE
OCCUPANCY STATUS                        LOANS               CUT-OFF DATE           PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ----------------                      --------            ----------------         -----------------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>                            <C>   
First Lien   Owner Occupied               1,412            $95,849,164.26                 88.99%
             Non-Owner Occupied             119              6,401,911.45                  5.94
Second Lien  Owner Occupied                 130              5,089,766.51                  4.73
             Non-Owner Occupied               9                370,813.60                  0.34
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                     1,670           $107,711,655.82                100.00%
=======================================================================================================
</TABLE>



      DISTRIBUTION OF AGE (IN MONTHS) FROM ORIGINATION TO THE CUT-OFF DATE
                                     GROUP I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   NUMBER                  AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                     OF                    PRINCIPAL BALANCE             % OF
MONTHS ELAPSED                    MORTGAGE                     AS OF THE               AGGREGATE
SINCE ORIGINATION                   LOANS                    CUT-OFF DATE          PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ----------------------  ----------------------------  --------------------------  ------------------
<S>                                  <C>                  <C>                              <C>   
     Age   = 0                         407                $   27,825,318.00                25.83%
 0 < Age  <=12                       1,261                    79,813,725.36                74.10
24 < Age  <=36                           1                        58,180.60                 0.05
36 < Age  <=48                           1                        14,431.86                 0.01
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                1,670                  $107,711,655.82               100.00%
=======================================================================================================
</TABLE>







                                      S-25



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                  PROPERTY TYPE
                                     GROUP I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                NUMBER       AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                  OF         PRINCIPAL BALANCE          % OF
                               MORTGAGE          AS OF THE            AGGREGATE
PROPERTY TYPE                    LOANS         CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------                -------------  -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                  <C>     <C>                           <C>  
Three or Four Family Residence       13      $     928,255.91              0.86%
Condominium                          35          2,020,910.66              1.88
Duplex                               60          3,470,957.39              3.22
Manufactured House (Double
Wide)                                44          1,778,138.43              1.65
Manufactured House (Modular)          4            248,046.55              0.23
PUD                                   2            243,758.07              0.23
Row House                            17            773,773.21              0.72
Single Family Residence           1,476         97,087,690.39             90.14
Townhouse                            19          1,160,125.21              1.08
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                             1,670       $107,711,655.82            100.00%
======================================================================================
</TABLE>


                   DISTRIBUTION OF REMAINING TERM TO MATURITY
                       (IN MONTHS) AS OF THE CUT-OFF DATE
                                     GROUP I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   NUMBER        AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                     OF          PRINCIPAL BALANCE          % OF
MONTHS REMAINING                  MORTGAGE           AS OF THE            AGGREGATE
TO MATURITY                         LOANS          CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ------------------------------  -------------  --------------------  ------------------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>                          <C>  
 12   < Rem Term <=  24                  1      $      14,431.86              0.01%
 48   < Rem Term <=  60                  2             98,866.83              0.09
 60   < Rem Term <=  72                  1             12,500.00              0.01
 72   < Rem Term <=  84                  2            184,784.44              0.17
108   < Rem Term <= 120                 25            599,340.95              0.56
168   < Rem Term <= 180              1,140         72,611,942.36             67.41
204   < Rem Term <= 216                  1             58,180.60              0.05
228   < Rem Term <= 240                114          5,991,514.38              5.56
348   < Rem Term <= 360                384         28,140,094.40             26.13
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                1,670       $107,711,655.82            100.00%
==========================================================================================
</TABLE>


GROUP II

        The  Mortgage  Loans in Group II consist of  approximately  1,031  loans
under which the related  Mortgaged  Properties  are located in 39 states and the
District of Columbia as set forth  herein.  As of the Cut-Off Date, the Mortgage
Loans in Group II had an  aggregate  principal  balance of  $99,885,343.08,  the
maximum  principal  balance  of  any of  the  Mortgage  Loans  in  Group  II was
$400,000.00,  the  minimum  principal  balance  thereof  was  $9,947.40  and the
principal balance of the Mortgage Loans in Group II averaged  $96,882.00.  As of
the Cut-Off  Date,  Coupon Rates of the  Mortgage  Loans in Group II ranged from
7.225% per annum to 13.95% per  annum.  As of the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  weighted
average  Coupon Rate of the  Mortgage  Loans in Group II was  9.789%.  As of the
Cut-Off  Date,  margins of the Mortgage  Loans in Group II ranged from 3.00% per
annum to 10.50% per annum,  and the weighted average margin was 6.50%. As of the
Cut-Off Date, the maximum  coupons of the Mortgage Loans in Group II ranged from
13.881% per annum to 20.50% per annum,  and the weighted  average maximum coupon
was 16.427%.  92.46% of the aggregate principal balance of the Mortgage Loans in
Group II had a periodic  interest rate cap of 1.00%,  and 0.17% of the aggregate
principal balance of the Mortgage Loans in Group II had a periodic interest rate
cap of 2.00%, 9.96% of the aggregate  principal balance of the Mortgage Loans in
Group II were fixed  rate  loans  that,  in 2 years  from  origination,  will be
converted  into variable  rate loans with a periodic  interest rate cap of 1.00%
thereafter, and 0.64% of

                                      S-26



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



the  aggregate  principal  balance of the Mortgage  Loans in Group II were fixed
rate loans that, in 3 years from  origination,  will be converted  into variable
rate loans with a periodic interest rate cap of 1.00% thereafter.

        As of the Cut-Off  Date,  the  original  term to stated  maturity of the
Mortgage  Loans in Group II ranged from 120 months to 360 months,  the remaining
term to stated  maturity  ranged  from 118 months to 360  months,  the  weighted
average original term to stated maturity was 357 months and the weighted average
remaining term to stated  maturity was 356 months.  No Mortgage Loan in Group II
had a stated  maturity  later than  September 1, 2026.  99.10% of the  aggregate
principal  balance of the Mortgage Loans in Group II require monthly payments of
principal that will fully amortize the Mortgage Loans by their  respective dates
and 0.90% of the aggregate  principal  balance of the Mortgage Loans in Group II
are Balloon Loans.

        The  Coupon  Rates of  Mortgage  Loans in Group II adjust  semi-annually
based on six month LIBOR.







                                      S-27



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        The sum of the percentage  columns set forth on the following tables may
not equal 100% due to rounding.

                             GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION
                                    GROUP II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                NUMBER      AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                  OF        PRINCIPAL BALANCE          % OF
                               MORTGAGE         AS OF THE            AGGREGATE
STATE                            LOANS        CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----                        -------------  -----------------   ------------------
<S>                                  <C>    <C>                           <C>  
Alabama                              14     $  1,014,198.42               1.02%
Arizona                              16        1,710,435.30               1.71
California                           90       13,087,934.05              13.10
Colorado                             23        2,007,013.60               2.01
Connecticut                          35        4,786,208.18               4.79
Delaware                              3          279,250.00               0.28
District of Columbia                  1           74,961.15               0.08
Florida                              41        3,569,846.83               3.57
Georgia                              11        1,288,421.36               1.29
Idaho                                 8          516,600.00               0.52
Illinois                             10        1,172,094.35               1.17
Indiana                               6          376,768.83               0.38
Iowa                                 13          662,261.91               0.66
Kansas                                3          293,164.71               0.29
Maryland                             40        4,844,476.56               4.85
Massachusetts                        23        2,440,308.69               2.44
Michigan                            215       15,136,234.08              15.15
Minnesota                            58        4,816,928.13               4.82
Missouri                              9          703,528.32               0.70
Montana                               3          207,568.67               0.21
Nebraska                              1           46,500.00               0.05
Nevada                               12        1,133,192.26               1.13
New Hampshire                         5          446,734.44               0.45
New Jersey                           37        4,432,805.25               4.44
New Mexico                            1           92,705.42               0.09
New York                              4          766,173.31               0.77
North Carolina                        2          124,000.00               0.12
Ohio                                 21        1,543,694.37               1.55
Oregon                               38        4,310,359.77               4.32
Pennsylvania                         35        3,689,662.41               3.69
Rhode Island                         27        2,471,205.59               2.47
South Carolina                        7          457,724.32               0.46
South Dakota                          2           82,791.00               0.08
Tennessee                             2          377,564.05               0.38
Texas                                67        7,987,930.13               8.00
Utah                                 37        3,689,271.79               3.69
Virginia                              5          779,319.48               0.78
Washington                           31        3,472,345.26               3.48
West Virginia                         7          350,970.10               0.35
Wisconsin                            68        4,642,190.99               4.65
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                             1,031      $99,885,343.08             100.00%
=====================================================================================
</TABLE>






                                      S-28



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        The  combined  loan-to-value  ratio of a  Mortgage  Loan is equal to the
ratio  (expressed as a percentage) of (x) the sum of the (i) original  principal
balance of such Mortgage Loan and (ii) the outstanding principal balances of any
senior  mortgage  loans  (computed at the date of  origination  of such Mortgage
Loan) and (y) the appraised value of the related Mortgaged  Property at the time
of  origination  or in the case of a purchase  money mortgage loan the lesser of
the  purchase  price or the  appraised  value at the  time of  origination  (the
"Combined   Loan-to-Value   Ratio").  The  Combined   Loan-to-Value  Ratios  are
distributed as follows:

                    COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIO DISTRIBUTION
                                    GROUP II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             NUMBER       AGGREGATE UNPAID 
                               OF         PRINCIPAL BALANCE          % OF   
  RANGE OF COMBINED         MORTGAGE         AS OF THE             AGGREGATE     
 LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS         LOANS         CUT-OFF DATE        PRINCIPAL BALANCE 
 --------------------      -----------    -----------------    -----------------
<S>                               <C>    <C>                         <C>  
15.001  to 20.000                 4      $    144,900.55             0.15%
20.001  to 25.000                 1            24,853.89             0.02
25.001  to 30.000                 4           143,972.86             0.14
30.001  to 35.000                 1            35,984.84             0.04
35.001  to 40.000                13           818,545.89             0.82
40.001  to 45.000                13           958,290.23             0.96
45.001  to 50.000                19         1,153,006.98             1.15
50.001  to 55.000                25         1,942,287.80             1.94
55.001  to 60.000                36         2,458,421.61             2.46
60.001  to 65.000                66         5,080,486.97             5.09
65.001  to 70.000               117        10,409,424.68            10.42
70.001  to 75.000               158        15,538,777.95            15.56
75.001  to 80.000               411        41,284,114.59            41.33
80.001  to 85.000               102        11,425,502.86            11.44
85.001  to 90.000                61         8,466,771.38             8.48
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                         1,031       $99,885,343.08           100.00%
=================================================================================
</TABLE>

        The Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios shown above were calculated based upon
the  appraised  values  of the  Properties  at the  time of  origination  of the
Mortgage  Loans or in the case of a purchase  money  mortgage loan the lesser of
the  purchase  price or the  appraised  value at the  time of  origination  (the
"Appraised  Values").  No assurance  can be given that values of the  Properties
have remained or will remain at their levels on the dates of  origination of the
related Mortgage Loans. If the residential real estate market should  experience
an overall decline in property values such that the unpaid principal balances of
the Mortgage Loans,  together with the unpaid  principal  balances of any senior
mortgage loans, become equal to or greater than the value of the Properties, the
actual  rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and losses  could be higher than
those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry.







                                      S-29



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        DISTRIBUTION OF UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCES AS OF THE CUT-OFF DATE
                                    GROUP II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                NUMBER        AGGREGATE UNPAID             % OF
                                                  OF          PRINCIPAL BALANCE          AGGREGATE
         RANGE OF UNPAID                       MORTGAGE           AS OF THE              PRINCIPAL
      PRINCIPAL BALANCES ($)                     LOANS          CUT-OFF DATE              BALANCE
      ----------------------                     -----          ------------              -------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>                            <C>  
       0  to $ 50,000                             212        $  7,963,346.85                7.97%
$ 50,001  to  100,000                             454          34,502,519.58               34.54
 100,001  to  150,000                             215          26,117,395.87               26.15
 150,001  to  200,000                              86          14,963,078.09               14.98
 200,001  to  250,000                              37           8,496,017.14                8.51
 250,001  to  300,000                              19           5,143,866.03                5.15
 300,001  to  350,000                               6           1,918,106.87                1.92
 350,001  to  400,000                               2             781,012.65                0.78
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                           1,031         $99,885,343.08              100.00%
=======================================================================================================
</TABLE>



                        LIEN STATUS AND OCCUPANCY STATUS
                                    GROUP II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NUMBER      AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                                     OF       PRINCIPAL BALANCE           % OF
LIEN STATUS AND                                   MORTGAGE        AS OF THE             AGGREGATE
OCCUPANCY STATUS                                   LOANS         CUT-OFF DATE        PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ----------------                                  --------   -------------------     -----------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>                       <C>   
First Lien   Owner Occupied                         982         $96,499,317.69            96.61%
             Non-Owner Occupied                      45           3,241,237.57             3.24
Second Lien  Owner Occupied                           3             103,159.59             0.10
             Non-Owner Occupied                       1              41,628.23             0.04
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                             1,031         $99,885,343.08            100.00%
=======================================================================================================
</TABLE>



      DISTRIBUTION OF AGE (IN MONTHS) FROM ORIGINATION TO THE CUT-OFF DATE
                                    GROUP II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Number         Aggregate Unpaid
                                              of          Principal Balance            % of
MONTHS ELAPSED                             Mortgage           as of the              Aggregate
SINCE ORIGINATION                            Loans           Cut-Off Date        Principal Balance
- -----------------                          --------       -----------------      -----------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>                         <C>   
0   < Age < =     6                            1,028         $99,815,295.13              99.93%
6   < Age < =    12                                3              70,047.95               0.07
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                          1,031         $99,885,343.08             100.00%
=====================================================================================================
</TABLE>








                                      S-30



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                  PROPERTY TYPE
                                    GROUP II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  NUMBER       AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                    OF         PRINCIPAL BALANCE          % OF
                                 MORTGAGE          AS OF THE            AGGREGATE
        PROPERTY TYPE              LOANS         CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ----------------------------       -----         ------------       -----------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>                          <C>  
Three or Four Family Residence       7         $    935,607.10              0.94%
Condominium                         16            1,242,045.17              1.24
Duplex                              27            1,999,623.69              2.00
Manufactured House (Double Wide)     8              581,748.55              0.58
Manufactured House (Modular)         4              203,300.00              0.20
PUD                                  3              359,350.00              0.36
Row House                            9              709,492.06              0.71
Single Family Residence             946          92,906,226.23             93.01
Townhouse                           11              947,950.28              0.95
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                              1,031        $99,885,343.08            100.00%
========================================================================================
</TABLE>



                   DISTRIBUTION OF REMAINING TERM TO MATURITY
                       (IN MONTHS) AS OF THE CUT-OFF DATE
                                    GROUP II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                NUMBER       AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                  OF         PRINCIPAL BALANCE          % OF
     MONTHS REMAINING          MORTGAGE          AS OF THE            AGGREGATE
       TO MATURITY               LOANS         CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
       -----------               -----         ------------       -----------------
<C>                                <C>      <C>                           <C>  
108  <  Rem Term  <=  120            2     $       21,826.94              0.02%
168  <  Rem Term  <=  180           18          1,350,528.35              1.35
228  <  Rem Term  <=  240            2             78,378.83              0.08
348  <  Rem Term  <=  360        1,009         98,434,608.96             98.55
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                            1,031        $99,885,343.08            100.00%
======================================================================================
</TABLE>







                                      S-31



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                      DISTRIBUTION OF CURRENT COUPON RATES
                             AS OF THE CUT OFF DATE
                                    GROUP II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            NUMBER       AGGREGATE UNPAID
                              OF         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                           MORTGAGE          AS OF THE         % OF AGGREGATE
CURRENT COUPON RATES (%)     LOANS         CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----------------------      -----         ------------       -----------------
<S>                            <C>      <C>                           <C>  
 7.01%  to   7.50%              4        $      510,162.54             0.51%
 7.51   to   8.00              33             3,309,357.10             3.31
 8.01   to   8.50              55             5,370,541.03             5.38
 8.51   to   9.00             150            17,497,168.07            17.52
 9.01   to   9.50             162            16,438,497.46            16.46
 9.51   to  10.00             203            20,965,186.51            20.99
10.01   to  10.50             141            12,567,287.19            12.58
10.51   to  11.00             121            11,505,505.56            11.52
11.01   to  11.50              67             5,281,321.15             5.29
11.51   to  12.00              58             4,281,056.14             4.29
12.01   to  12.50              16               983,839.71             0.98
12.51   to  13.00              12               820,387.82             0.82
13.01   to  13.50               8               325,032.80             0.33
13.51   to  14.00               1                30,000.00             0.03
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                       1,031           $99,885,343.08           100.00%
==================================================================================
</TABLE>


                      DISTRIBUTION OF MAXIMUM COUPON RATES
                                    GROUP II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                NUMBER       AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                  OF         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                               MORTGAGE          AS OF THE         % OF AGGREGATE
MAXIMUM COUPON RATES (%)         LOANS         CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ------------------------     -------------  -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                <C>      <C>                           <C>  
13.51   to 14.00                    3        $      250,377.88             0.25%
14.01   to 14.50                   13             1,419,068.10             1.42
14.51   to 15.00                   56             6,350,341.97             6.36
15.01   to 15.50                  104             9,767,620.46             9.78
15.51   to 16.00                  208            22,906,206.57            22.93
16.01   to 16.50                  166            16,136,790.67            16.16
16.51   to 17.00                  188            18,168,102.30            18.19
17.01   to 17.50                  114             9,756,400.32             9.77
17.51   to 18.00                   90             8,300,731.78             8.31
18.01   to 18.50                   47             3,982,978.71             3.99
18.51   to 19.00                   31             2,363,364.79             2.37
19.01   to 19.50                    8               303,349.89             0.30
19.51   to 20.00                    2               100,000.00             0.10
20.01   to 20.50                    1                80,009.64             0.08
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                           1,031           $99,885,343.08           100.00%
======================================================================================
</TABLE>







                                      S-32



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                             DISTRIBUTION OF MARGINS
                             AS OF THE CUT OFF DATE
                                    GROUP II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       NUMBER       AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                         OF         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                                      MORTGAGE          AS OF THE       % OF ORIGINAL POOL
           MARGINS (%)                  LOANS         CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ---------------------------------   -------------  -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>                          <C>  
10.00%  <  Margin <=10.25%                2         $      41,036.79             0.04%
10.25%  <  Margin <=10.50%                1                26,000.00             0.03
 2.75%  <  Margin <= 3.00%                1                83,744.63             0.08
 3.25%  <  Margin <= 3.50%                1               100,500.00             0.10
 4.00%  <  Margin <= 4.25%                4               494,477.08             0.50
 4.25%  <  Margin <= 4.50%                2               233,690.91             0.23
 4.50%  <  Margin <= 4.75%               13             1,720,151.64             1.72
 4.75%  <  Margin <= 5.00%               20             2,757,492.93             2.76
 5.00%  <  Margin <= 5.25%               29             3,683,846.71             3.69
 5.25%  <  Margin <= 5.50%               61             5,985,548.63             5.99
 5.50%  <  Margin <= 5.75%               48             5,604,540.78             5.61
 5.75%  <  Margin <= 6.00%               99            10,481,902.15            10.49
 6.00%  <  Margin <= 6.25%              135            14,246,596.96            14.26
 6.25%  <  Margin <= 6.50%              121            12,767,307.71            12.78
 6.50%  <  Margin <= 6.75%               69             5,595,285.80             5.60
 6.75%  <  Margin <= 7.00%              106             9,509,995.65             9.52
 7.00%  <  Margin <= 7.25%               74             6,684,732.48             6.69
 7.25%  <  Margin <= 7.50%               73             6,560,661.64             6.57
 7.50%  <  Margin <= 7.75%               51             3,906,475.79             3.91
 7.75%  <  Margin <= 8.00%               41             4,203,533.47             4.21
 8.00%  <  Margin <= 8.25%               18             1,166,936.44             1.17
 8.25%  <  Margin <= 8.50%               15             1,162,483.51             1.16
 8.50%  <  Margin <= 8.75%               11               719,981.16             0.72
 8.75%  <  Margin <= 9.00%               20             1,224,662.14             1.23
 9.00%  <  Margin <= 9.25%                5               340,624.63             0.34
 9.25%  <  Margin <= 9.50%                6               365,701.17             0.37
 9.50%  <  Margin <= 9.75%                3               135,552.07             0.14
 9.75%  <  Margin <=10.00%                2                81,880.21             0.08
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                 1,031           $99,885,343.08           100.00%
</TABLE>









                                      S-33



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                          NEXT INTEREST ADJUSTMENT DATE
                                    GROUP II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             AGGREGATE UNPAID
                               NUMBER OF     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
       NEXT INTEREST           MORTGAGE          AS OF THE         % OF AGGREGATE
      ADJUSTMENT DATE            LOANS         CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
      ---------------          --------      -----------------    -----------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>                          <C>  
         09/01/96                  10          $    913,389.24              0.91%
         10/01/96                  29             3,163,711.46              3.17
         11/01/96                 175            17,231,204.78             17.25
         12/01/96                 331            29,391,019.29             29.42
         01/01/97                 279            27,788,444.05             27.82
         02/01/97                 121            10,712,082.36             10.72
         03/01/97                   1                95,200.00              0.10
         05/01/98                  20             2,867,454.78              2.87
         06/01/98                  39             4,814,160.11              4.82
         07/01/98                  15             1,722,129.30              1.72
         08/01/98                   3               543,500.00              0.54
         05/01/99                   4               272,000.00              0.27
         06/01/99                   1               117,499.18              0.12
         07/01/99                   3               253,548.53              0.25
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                            1,031         $99,885,343.08            100.00%
======================================================================================
</TABLE>

                             DISTRIBUTION OF MINIMUM
                                  COUPON RATES
                                    GROUP II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                NUMBER       AGGREGATE UNPAID
                                  OF         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
        MINIMUM                MORTGAGE          AS OF THE         % OF AGGREGATE
  COUPON RATES (%)               LOANS         CUT-OFF DATE       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------         -------------  -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                <C>         <C>                          <C>  
 5.01%  to  5.50%                   1          $    198,000.00              0.20%
 6.01   to  6.50                    4               591,823.38              0.59
 6.51   to  7.00                    8             1,055,624.68              1.06
 7.01   to  7.50                   12             1,362,512.54              1.36
 7.51   to  8.00                   45             4,946,015.91              4.95
 8.01   to  8.50                   74             7,321,171.46              7.33
 8.51   to  9.00                  160            17,890,020.11             17.91
 9.01   to  9.50                  163            16,019,948.67             16.04
 9.51   to 10.00                  193            19,727,036.04             19.75
10.01   to 10.50                  121            10,670,327.53             10.68
10.51   to 11.00                  116            10,505,136.45             10.52
11.01   to 11.50                   60             4,528,710.34              4.53
11.51   to 12.00                   43             3,248,378.24              3.25
12.01   to 12.50                   14               788,470.17              0.79
12.51   to 13.00                   11               783,189.64              0.78
13.01   to 13.50                    5               218,977.92              0.22
13.51   to 14.00                    1                30,000.00              0.03
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                           1,031           $99,885,343.08            100.00%
======================================================================================
</TABLE>



THE MORTGAGE LOAN PROGRAM -- UNDERWRITING STANDARDS; REPRESENTATIONS

        The  Mortgage  Loans were  acquired by the Seller  from 96  Unaffiliated
Originators.  Not  more  than  6.83%  of the  Original  Pool  Principal  Balance
represents Mortgage Loans purchased from any single Unaffiliated Originator. All
of the Mortgage Loans were originated or acquired by the  Originators  generally
in accordance with underwriting criteria satisfactory to the Seller.





                                      S-34



<PAGE>
<PAGE>





        The Seller will make  representations and warranties with respect to the
Mortgage  Loans  sold  to the  Trust  as of the  Closing  Date  pursuant  to the
Securitization  Sponsorship  Agreement and the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.
The Seller may be obligated to repurchase the Mortgage Loans in respect of which
a breach of representation or warranty has occurred. See "Mortgage Loan Program"
in the accompanying Prospectus.

        AFL's  Guidelines,  as  identified  in the  Prospectus  as  the  Equicon
Mortgage  Loan Program,  provide that each borrower is required to provide,  and
the Originator is generally required to verify,  personal financial information.
The borrower's total monthly  obligations  (including  principal and interest on
each  mortgage,  tax  assessments,  other loans,  charge  accounts and all other
scheduled  indebtedness) should not exceed 60% of the borrower's monthly income.
Borrowers  who  are  salaried   employees   must  provide   current   employment
information,  in addition to recent employment history.  The Originator verifies
this  information for salaried  borrowers based on a current pay stub and either
(i) a written verification of income signed by their employer or (ii) two years'
W-2 forms. A  self-employed  applicant is generally  required to be successfully
self-employed  in the same  field for a minimum of two  years.  A  self-employed
borrower is generally required to provide financial statements and signed copies
of federal income tax returns  (including  schedules)  filed for the most recent
two years. The borrower's  debt-to-income ratio is calculated based on income as
generally verified by the Originator and must be reasonable.

        The Mortgage  Loans were  underwritten  pursuant to the  Seller's  "Full
Documentation  Program,"  "Alternative Income Documentation Program" and "Stated
Income Program," as set forth in AFL's  Guidelines.  Under each of the programs,
the Originator  reviews the loan  applicant's  source of income,  calculates the
amount of income  from  sources  indicated  on the loan  application  or similar
documentation,  reviews the credit history of the applicant, calculates the debt
service-to-income  ratio to determine the applicant's ability to repay the loan,
reviews the type and use of the property being financed and reviews the property
for compliance  with its standards.  In determining the ability of the applicant
to repay an  adjustable  rate Mortgage  Loan,  the  Originators  use a rate (the
"Qualifying Rate") that generally is a rate equal to the fully-indexed  Mortgage
interest rate for such  adjustable  rate Mortgage  Loan.  AFL's  Guidelines  are
applied in a standardized  procedure that complies with  applicable  federal and
state laws and regulations.

        Under the Full Documentation  Program,  the income of each applicant and
the source of funds (if any)  required to be deposited  by an  applicant  into a
bank  account  will be verified by the  Originators.  Applicants  are  generally
required to submit a current pay stub and either (i) a written  verification  of
income  signed  by their  employer  or (ii) two  years'  W-2  forms.  Under  the
Alternative Income Documentation Program, a self-employed  applicant is required
to provide the applicant's business' profit and loss statement, and bank account
statements  supporting  such  statement  for the  prior  calendar  year  and any
completed  calendar quarter of the current year and a current copy of a business
license.  Both the  Alternative  Income  Program and the Stated  Income  Program
generally  require  (i)  that  the  applicant's  income  be  reasonable  for its
business/profession,  (ii) that the  business  has been in  existence  for three
years or more and (iii) that the  loan-to-value  ratio be reduced.  In addition,
the Mortgage Loan will generally improve the applicant's cash flow. Verification
of the source of funds (if any) required to be deposited by the applicant into a
bank account is generally required under all documentation  programs in the form
of a standard verification of deposit or two months' consecutive bank statements
or other  acceptable  documentation.  Twelve months'  mortgage payment or rental
history is generally  required to be verified by the applicant's  current lender
or landlord. If appropriate  compensating factors exist, the Originators and the
Seller may waive certain documentation requirements for individual applicants.






                                      S-35



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                  MATURITY, PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

CLASS A CERTIFICATES

        The  weighted  average life of, and, if purchased at other than par, the
yield to maturity on, a Class A Certificate will be directly related to the rate
of payment of  principal  of the  Mortgage  Loans in the related  Mortgage  Loan
Group,  including for this purpose  Prepayments,  liquidations  due to defaults,
casualties and  condemnations,  and repurchases of Mortgage Loans by the Seller,
or purchases of Mortgage  Loans by the Master  Servicer or a  Sub-Servicer.  The
Mortgage Loans in the related  Mortgage Loan Group may be prepaid by the related
obligors on the Notes  ("Mortgagors")  at any time. The actual rate of principal
prepayments  on pools of mortgage  loans is influenced by a variety of economic,
tax, geographic, demographic, social, legal and other factors and has fluctuated
considerably in recent years. In addition, the rate of principal prepayments may
differ  among pools of mortgage  loans at any time  because of specific  factors
relating to the mortgage loans in the particular  pool,  including,  among other
things,  the  age  of  the  mortgage  loans,  the  geographic  locations  of the
properties  securing  the loans,  the extent of the  mortgagors'  equity in such
properties,  and changes in the  mortgagors'  housing  needs,  job transfers and
unemployment.

        Generally,  however,  because  the  Mortgage  Loans in the  Group I bear
interest at fixed rates, and the rate of prepayment on fixed rate mortgage loans
is sensitive to prevailing  interest rates, if prevailing interest rates were to
fall, the Mortgage Loans in Group I may be subject to higher  prepayment  rates.
Conversely,  if prevailing  interest rates were to rise, the rate of prepayments
on Mortgage Loans in the Group I would be likely to decrease.

        If  purchased  at other  than par,  the yield to  maturity  on a Class A
Certificate  will be  affected by the rate of the  payment of  principal  of the
Mortgage  Loans in the  related  Mortgage  Loan  Group.  If the  actual  rate of
payments on the Mortgage Loans in the related Mortgage Loan Group is slower than
the rate  anticipated  by an investor who purchases a Class A  Certificate  at a
discount,  the actual yield to such investor will be lower than such  investor's
anticipated  yield.  If the actual rate of payments on the Mortgage Loans in the
related  Mortgage Loan Group is faster than the rate  anticipated by an investor
who  purchases  a Class A  Certificate  at a premium,  the actual  yield to such
investor will be lower than such investor's anticipated yield.

        All of the  Mortgage  Loans  in Group II are  adjustable  rate  mortgage
loans. As is the case with  conventional  fixed rate mortgage loans,  adjustable
rate mortgage loans may be subject to a greater rate of principal prepayments in
a declining interest rate environment. For example, if prevailing interest rates
fall  significantly,  adjustable  rate mortgage loans could be subject to higher
prepayment  rates than if prevailing  interest rates remain constant because the
availability  of fixed rate mortgage  loans at  competitive  interest  rates may
encourage  Mortgagors to refinance their adjustable rate mortgage loans to "lock
in" a lower fixed  interest  rate.  However,  no  assurance  can be given by the
Sponsor or the Seller as to the level of prepayments  that the Group II Mortgage
Loans will experience.

        The final scheduled Payment Date for the A-1 Group I Certificates is May
18, 2011, for the Class A-2 Group I Certificates  is May 18, 2011, for the Class
A-3 Group I Certificates  is November 18, 2015, for the A-4 Group I Certificates
is June 18, 2022, for the Class A-5 Group I Certificates  is September 18, 2022,
and for the Class A-6 Group II  Certificates is January 18, 2027. Such dates are
the dates on which the related  Class A Certificate  Principal  Balance would be
reduced to zero, assuming, among other things that with respect to the Class A-1
Group I Certificates,  the Class A-2 Group I Certificates, the Class A-3 Group I
Certificates  and the Class  A-4 Group I  Certificates  (i) no  Prepayments  are
received on any of the Mortgage  Loans,  (ii)  distributions  of  principal  and
interest  on each of the  Mortgage  Loans  is  timely  received,  (iii)  Class B
Interest  will  be  used  to  make  accelerated  payments  of  principal  (i.e.,
Subordination  Increase  Amounts) to the Holders of the Class A Certificates and
(iv) the  Mortgage  Loans  in each  Mortgage  Loan  Group  have  the  applicable
characteristics   set  forth  in  the   "Weighted   Average  Lives  of  Class  A
Certificates" section herein. The final scheduled Payment Date for the Class A-5
Group I Certificates and the Class A-6 Group II Certificates is the Payment Date
in the calendar  month in which the stated  maturity of the Mortgage Loan in the
related Mortgage





                                      S-36



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Loan Group having the latest stated maturity  occurs.  The weighted average life
of the Class A Certificates  of each Class is likely to be shorter than would be
the case if payments actually made on the Mortgage Loans in the related Mortgage
Loan Group conformed to the foregoing  assumptions,  and the final Payment Dates
with respect to the Class A Certificates of each Class could occur significantly
earlier than such final  scheduled  Payment  Dates because (i)  Prepayments  are
likely to occur,  (ii) the Seller may  repurchase  Mortgage Loans in the related
Mortgage Loan Group in the event of breaches of  representations  and warranties
and (iii) the Seller may cause,  and the  Trustee  may,  pursuant to the Auction
Sale,  cause a  termination  of the Trust when the Pool  Principal  Balance  has
declined to ten percent or less of the Original Pool Principal Balance.

        "Weighted  average  life" refers to the average  amount of time from the
date of issuance of a security  until each dollar of principal of such  security
will be repaid to the  investor.  The weighted  average  lives of the Classes of
Class A Certificates will be influenced by the rate at which principal  payments
(including  scheduled  payments and  prepayments)  on the Mortgage  Loans in the
related Mortgage Loan Group are made.  Principal  payments on Mortgage Loans may
be in the form of scheduled  amortization or prepayments (for this purpose,  the
term  "prepayment"  includes  prepayments and  liquidations  due to a default or
other  dispositions of the Mortgage  Loans).  The weighted  average lives of the
Class A Certificates will also be influenced by delays associated with realizing
on defaulted  Mortgage Loans in the related  Mortgage Loan Group. The model used
in this  Prospectus  Supplement  (the "Home Equity  Prepayment"  Model or "HEP")
assumes  that,  (i) with  respect  to Group I, the pool of loans  prepays in the
first month at a constant prepayment rate of 2.3% and increases by an additional
2.3% each month thereafter until the tenth month, where it remains at a constant
prepayment  rate  equal to 23% and (ii) with  respect  to Group II,  the pool of
loans  prepays  in the first  month at a  constant  prepayment  rate of 2.4% and
increases by an additional  2.4%, each month  thereafter  until the tenth month,
where it remains at a constant  prepayment  rate equal to 24%, (the  "Prepayment
Assumption").  HEP represents an assumed annualized rate of prepayment  relative
to the then outstanding principal balance on a pool of new mortgage loans.

WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIVES OF CLASS A CERTIFICATES

        For the  purpose  of the  tables  below,  it is  assumed  that:  (i) the
Mortgage  Loans of each  Mortgage  Loan  Group  consist  of pools of loans  with
level-pay  and  balloon  amortization  methodologies,   Cut-Off  Date  principal
balances,  gross coupon rates, net coupon rates, original and remaining terms to
maturity,  and original  amortization  terms as applicable,  as set forth below,
(ii) the Closing  Date for the  Certificates  occurs on August 27,  1996,  (iii)
distributions  on the  Certificates  are  made on the  18th  day of  each  month
regardless of the day on which the Payment Date actually  occurs,  commencing in
September 1996 in accordance  with the  priorities  described  herein,  (iv) the
difference  between the gross coupon rate and the net coupon rate is  sufficient
to pay Servicer Fees,  Trustee fees and Certificate  Insurer  premiums,  (v) the
Mortgage Loans'  prepayment  rates are a multiple of the Prepayment  Assumption,
(vi) prepayments include 30 days' interest thereon,  (vii) optional  termination
is exercised,  (viii) the Specified  Subordinated  Amount for each Mortgage Loan
Group is set  initially as specified in the Insurance  Agreement and  thereafter
changes in accordance  with the provisions of the Insurance  Agreement,  (ix) no
delinquencies  in the payment by  Mortgagors  of  principal  and interest on the
Mortgage Loans are  experienced,  (x) no Mortgage Loan is repurchased for breach
of a  representation  and warranty or  otherwise,  (xi) the Coupon Rate for each
Mortgage Loan in Group II is adjusted on its next rate  adjustment  date (and on
subsequent  rate  adjustment  dates,  if  necessary)  to equal the sum of (a) an
assumed level of the applicable  index  (5.6875%) and (b) the  respective  gross
margin (such sum being subject to the  applicable  periodic  adjustment  cap and
maximum  interest rate),  (xii) the Class A-1 Group I Pass-Through  Rate remains
constant at 5.52625% and (xiii) the Class A-6 Group II Pass-Through Rate remains
constant at 5.71625%.






                                      S-37



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                             GROUP I CHARACTERISTICS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Original       Remaining       Original
                                                                   Term to        Term to      Amortization
   Pool          Principal      Gross Coupon     Net Coupon       Maturity       Maturity          Term         Amortization
  Number          Balance         Rate (%)        Rate (%)       (in months)    (in months)     (in months)        Method
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>                    <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>    
     1         $58,952,566.82         11.775         11.2875         179            177             360           BALLOON

     2             624,107.78         11.945         11.4575         118            116             118            LEVEL

     3          13,945,191.84         11.468         10.9805         180            178             180            LEVEL

     4           6,049,694.98         11.504         11.0165         240            238             240            LEVEL

     5          28,140,094.40         11.205         10.7175         360            359             360            LEVEL
</TABLE>





                            GROUP II CHARACTERISTICS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Original   Remaining    Original
                      Gross        Net      Months               Maximum     Term to     Term to   Amortization
 Pool   Principal     Coupon      Coupon    to Rate              Interest   Maturity    Maturity      Term    Periodic  Amortization
Number   Balance     Rate (%)    Rate (%)   Change    Margin (%) Rate (%) (in months) (in months) (in months)  Cap (%)     Method
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>    <C>            <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>  
   1   $572,527.58    9.550      9.0625       1         6.338      15.498       360         356         360        1.000       LEVEL

   2   3,163,711.46   9.855      9.3675       2         6.527      16.041       360         357         360        1.074       LEVEL

   3   17,067,124.86  9.749      9.2615       3         6.507      15.920       358         356         358        1.088       LEVEL

   4   29,160,919.29  9.741      9.2535       4         6.558      15.871       359         358         359        1.042       LEVEL

   5   27,626,944.05  9.791      9.3035       5         6.665      16.054       359         359         359        1.025       LEVEL

   6   10,807,282.36  9.530      9.0425       6         6.344      15.686       359         359         359        1.015       LEVEL

   7   2,867,454.78   9.821      9.3335      21         6.093      15.609       360         358         360        1.000       LEVEL

   8   4,814,160.11  10.100      9.6125      22         6.062      15.884       360         359         360        1.000       LEVEL

   9   2,908,677.01  10.838     10.3505      26         6.241      17.025       360         360         360        1.000       LEVEL

   10  896,541.58     9.882      9.3945       3         5.769      15.776       180         178         360        1.034     BALLOON
</TABLE>


(1)     The  aggregate  principal  balance of the Mortgage  Loans are fixed rate
        loans that, in 2 years from origination, will be converted into variable
        rate  loans  with  an  interest  rate  cap of 3% on  the  date  of  such
        conversion and with a periodic interest rate cap of 1% thereafter.

(2)     The  aggregate  principal  balance of the Mortgage  Loans are fixed rate
        loans that, in 3 years from origination, will be converted into variable
        rate  loans  with  an  interest  rate  cap of 3% on  the  date  of  such
        conversion and with a periodic interest rate cap of 1% thereafter.

        Since the tables were  prepared on the basis of the  assumptions  in the
above paragraphs,  there are discrepancies  between the  characteristics  of the
actual Mortgage Loans and the  characteristics  of the Mortgage Loans assumed in
preparing  the  tables.  Any  such  discrepancy  may  have an  effect  upon  the
percentages of the related Class A Certificate  Principal  Balances  outstanding
and weighted  average lives of the Class A Certificates set forth in the tables.
In addition,  since the actual Mortgage Loans in the Trust have  characteristics
which  differ from those  assumed in preparing  the tables set forth below,  the
Class A  Principal  Distribution  Amount  may be made  earlier  or later than as
indicated in the tables.





                                      S-38



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               PERCENTAGE OF INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  CLASS A-1 GROUP I CERTIFICATES       CLASS A-2 GROUP I CERTIFICATES       CLASS A-3 GROUP I CERTIFICATES

PAYMENT DATE       0%   13%    18%   21%   23%   28%    0%   13%   18%   21%   23%   28%    0%    13%   18%   21%   23%   28%
                   --   ---    ---   ---   ---   ---    --   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---    --    ---   ---   ---   ---   ---
<S>               <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>    <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>    <C>   <C>  
Initial Balance   100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  100.0 100.0
August 18, 1997    90.9  67.5  58.5  53.0  49.3  40.1  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  100.0 100.0
August 18, 1998    88.8  37.9  19.9   9.5   2.7   0.0  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  78.7 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  100.0 100.0
August 18, 1999    86.4  12.2   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0 100.0  81.8  61.2  48.8  20.7 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  100.0 100.0
August 18, 2000    83.7   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0  84.1  42.4  21.3   8.5   0.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  100.0  58.1
August 18, 2001    80.7   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0  53.9  11.4   0.0   0.0   0.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  79.3   52.8   0.0
August 18, 2002    77.3   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0  29.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0 100.0 100.0  70.8  27.8    3.1   0.0
August 18, 2003    73.5   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   7.5   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0 100.0 100.0  27.4   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2004    69.3   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0 100.0  76.3   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2005    64.5   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0 100.0  42.1   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2006    59.2   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0 100.0  12.5   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2007    53.5   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0 100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2008    47.1   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0 100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2009    39.9   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0 100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2010    31.8   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0 100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2011     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  30.9   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2012     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  23.1   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2013     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  14.4   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2014     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   4.6   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2015     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2016     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2017     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2018     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2019     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2020     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2021     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2022     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2023     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2024     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2025     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2026     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2027     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
Weighted
Average
Life (Years)(1)    10.0   1.7   1.3   1.1   1.1   0.9   14.7   5.3   3.9   3.3   3.1   2.5  15.4   8.8   6.5   5.6    5.1   4.2
</TABLE>



(1) The weighted  average life of the Class A Certificates  is determined by (i)
    multiplying the amount of each principal payment by the number of years from
    the Closing Date to the related Payment Date,  (ii) adding the results,  and
    (iii)  dividing  the sum by the  initial  respective  Certificate  Principal
    Balance for such Class of Class A Certificate.






                                      S-39



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               PERCENTAGE OF INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   CLASS A-4 GROUP I CERTIFICATES       CLASS A-5 GROUP I CERTIFICATES      CLASS A-6 GROUP II CERTIFICATES

PAYMENT DATE       0%   13%    18%   21%   23%   28%    0%   13%   18%   21%   23%   28%    0%    15%   20%   23%   24%   30%
                   --   ---    ---   ---   ---   ---    --   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---    --    ---   ---   ---   ---   ---
<S>               <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>    <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>    <C>   <C>  
Initial Balance   100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  100.0 100.0
August 18, 1997   100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  97.0  86.5  82.9  80.8   80.1  75.8
August 18, 1998   100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  96.5  72.7  65.4  61.1   59.7  51.7
August 18, 1999   100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  96.1  60.9  51.3  46.1   44.5  35.8
August 18, 2000   100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  95.6  51.0  40.6  35.3   33.7  24.9
August 18, 2001   100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  95.9  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  95.0  42.8  32.3  27.0   25.4  17.4
August 18, 2002   100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  36.8  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  94.3  36.2  25.7  20.7   19.2  12.1
August 18, 2003   100.0 100.0 100.0  83.0  52.8   0.0  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0  93.2  93.6  30.5  20.4  15.8   14.5   0.0
August 18, 2004   100.0 100.0  89.3  40.1  12.8   0.0  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0   0.0  92.7  25.7  16.2  12.1   10.9   0.0
August 18, 2005   100.0 100.0  50.3   5.3   0.0   0.0  100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0   0.0   0.0  91.8  21.6  12.8   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2006   100.0 100.0  18.3   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0 100.0 100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  90.7  18.2  10.1   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2007   100.0  82.4   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0 100.0  91.7   0.0   0.0   0.0  89.5  15.3   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2008   100.0  52.4   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0 100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  88.2  12.8   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2009   100.0  26.5   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0 100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  86.6  10.7   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2010   100.0   2.7   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0 100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  84.9   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2011   100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  82.2   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2012   100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  80.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2013   100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  77.5   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2014   100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  74.7   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2015    91.4   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  71.6   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2016    76.1   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  68.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2017    65.4   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  64.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2018    53.4   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  59.5   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2019    40.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  54.4   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2020    25.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  48.6   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2021     7.2   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  100.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  42.4   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2022     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   88.2   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  35.6   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2023     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   67.5   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  27.8   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2024     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   44.3   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  19.1   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2025     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2026     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
August 18, 2027     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0    0.0   0.0
Weighted
Average
Life (Years)(1)    22.1  12.2   9.1   7.8   7.1   5.8   27.5  14.7  11.2   9.6   8.8   7.1  21.5   5.3   4.0   3.5    3.4   2.7
</TABLE>




(1) The weighted  average life of the Class A Certificates  is determined by (i)
    multiplying the amount of each principal payment by the number of years from
    the Closing Date to the related Payment Date,  (ii) adding the results,  and
    (iii)  dividing  the sum by the  initial  respective  Certificate  Principal
    Balance for such Class of Class A Certificate.





                                      S-40



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        The Mortgage Loans will not have the characteristics  assumed above, and
there can be no assurance  that (i) the Mortgage Loans will prepay at any of the
rates  shown  in the  table  or at any  other  particular  rate or  will  prepay
proportionately  or (ii)  the  weighted  average  lives  of the  Class A Group I
Certificates  of each Class or the weighted  average life of the Class A-6 Group
II Certificates will be as calculated  above.  Because the rate of distributions
of  principal  of the  Class A  Certificates  will  be a  result  of the  actual
amortization  (including  prepayments)  of the  Mortgage  Loans  in the  related
Mortgage Loan Group, which will include Mortgage Loans that have remaining terms
to stated maturity  shorter or longer than those assumed and Coupon Rates higher
or lower than those assumed,  the weighted  average lives of the Class A Group I
Certificates and the Class A-6 Group II Certificates  will differ from those set
forth above,  even if all of the  Mortgage  Loans in the related  Mortgage  Loan
Group prepay at the indicated constant prepayment rates.

PAYMENT DELAY FEATURE OF CLASS A-2, A-3, A-4 AND A-5 GROUP I CERTIFICATES

        The  effective  yield to the Owners of the Class A-2,  A-3,  A-4 and A-5
Group I Certificates  will be lower than the yield which would  otherwise  apply
because distributions will not be payable to such Owners until at least the 18th
day of the  month  in  which  the  related  Accrual  Period  ends,  without  any
additional  distribution  of  interest  or  earnings  thereon in respect of such
delay.


                         DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

        The Certificates will be issued in classes (each, a "Class") pursuant to
a Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be dated as of August 1, 1996 (the "Pooling
and Servicing Agreement") among the Sponsor, the Master Servicer, the Seller and
the  Trustee.  The Trustee  will make  available  for  inspection  a copy of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement (without exhibits or schedules) to the Owners of
the Certificates on written request.  The following  summary  describes  certain
terms of the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  but does  not  purport  to be
complete  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

        The  $44,843,000  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Class  A-1  Group  I
Certificates, Variable Pass-Through Rate (the "Class A-1 Group I Certificates"),
the $28,572,000  aggregate  principal  amount of Class A-2 Group I Certificates,
6.900% Pass-Through Rate (the "Class A-2 Group I Certificates"), the $13,552,000
aggregate   principal   amount  of  Class  A-3  Group  I  Certificates,   7.250%
Pass-Through  Rate (the  "Class  A-3  Group I  Certificates"),  the  $10,000,000
aggregate   principal   amount  of  Class  A-4  Group  I  Certificates,   7.500%
Pass-Through  Rate (the "Class A-4 Group I  Certificates")  and the  $10,744,000
aggregate   principal   amount  of  Class  A-5  Group  I  Certificates,   7.600%
Pass-Through Rate (the "Class A-5 Group I Certificates",  and, collectively with
the Class  A-1 Group I  Certificates,  the Class A-2 Group I  Certificates,  the
Class A-3 Group I  Certificates,  Class A-4 Group I  Certificates,  the "Class A
Group I Certificates"),  and the $98,886,000 aggregate principal amount of Class
A-6 Group II  Certificates  (the "Class A-6 Group II  Certificates")  are senior
certificates as described herein  (together,  the "Class A  Certificates").  The
Class B  Certificates  are not  being  offered  hereby.  Each  Class  of Class A
Certificates will be issued in original principal amounts of $1,000 and integral
multiples  thereof,  except  that  one  certificate  for  each  class of Class A
Certificates  may be issued in a different  amount.  The Trust will also issue a
residual class in each REMIC created by the Trust (the "Residual  Certificates")
which are not being offered  hereby and will initially be retained by the Seller
or its affiliates.  The Class A Certificates,  the Class B Certificates  and the
Residual Certificates are collectively referred to as the "Certificates".

PAYMENT DATES AND DISTRIBUTIONS

        On the 18th day of each  month,  or, if such day is not a  business  day
then the next succeeding business day, commencing  September 18, 1996 (each such
day being a "Payment  Date"),  the Trustee will be required to distribute to the
Owners of record of the Certificates as of the related Record Date, such Owners'
Percentage  Interest in the amounts  required to be distributed to the Owners of
each Class of Certificates on





                                      S-41


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



such Payment Date. For so long as any Class A Certificate is in book-entry  form
with DTC, the only "Owner" of such Class A  Certificates  will be Cede. See " --
Book-Entry Registration of the Class A Certificates" herein.

        Each Owner of record of a  Certificate  as of each  Record  Date will be
entitled to receive such Owner's  Percentage  Interest in the amounts due on the
related  Payment Date to the Owners of the related  Class of  Certificates.  The
"Percentage   Interest"  of  each  Class  A  Certificate   as  of  any  date  of
determination will be equal to the percentage obtained by dividing the principal
balance of such Class A Certificate  as of the Cut-Off Date by the related Class
A Certificate Principal Balance as of the Cut-Off Date.

FLOW OF FUNDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES

        THE PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ACCOUNT.  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement
requires the Master  Servicer to establish a custodial  account (the  "Principal
and  Interest  Account")  on behalf of the Trustee at a  depository  institution
meeting the requirements set forth in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  The
Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  requires  the Master  Servicer to deposit all
collections (other than amounts escrowed for taxes and insurance) related to the
Mortgage  Loans to the Principal  and Interest  Account on a daily basis (but no
later than the first business day after receipt). All funds in the Principal and
Interest  Account  can only be  invested  in  Eligible  Investments.  Investment
earnings on funds held in the Principal and Interest Account are for the account
of the Master  Servicer,  and the Master  Servicer will be  responsible  for any
losses.

        The Master  Servicer is required  pursuant to the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement on the  thirteenth  day or, if such day is not a business  day, on the
next following  business day (the  "Remittance  Date") of each month to remit to
the Trustee the  following  amounts with  respect to the Mortgage  Loans in each
Mortgage Loan Group: (i) an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (x)
the  aggregate  portions of the  interest  payments  (whether or not  collected)
becoming due on the Mortgage Loans during the immediately  preceding  Remittance
Period, and (y) any Compensating  Interest  calculated at the Coupon Rate on the
related Mortgage Loan, less the Servicing Fee with respect to the Mortgage Loans
serviced by the Master  Servicer  due with respect to such  Mortgage  Loans with
respect to the immediately  preceding Remittance Period (the amount described in
this  clause (i) for the  Mortgage  Loans in Group I being the "Group I Interest
Remittance  Amount" and the amount in this clause (i) for the Mortgage  Loans in
Group II being the "Group II Interest Remittance Amount"),  (ii) an amount equal
to the sum, without duplication,  of (x) the aggregate portions of the scheduled
principal  payments,  but only to the extent  collected,  on the Mortgage  Loans
during  the  immediately  preceding  Remittance  Period,  (y)  any  Prepayments,
Insurance  Proceeds and Net  Liquidation  Proceeds  (but only to the extent that
such Net Liquidation Proceeds do not exceed the principal balance of the related
Mortgage Loan) and Released Mortgaged  Property  Proceeds,  in each case only to
the extent  collected on the  Mortgage  Loans  during the  preceding  Remittance
Period and (z) all Loan Purchase Prices and Substitution Amounts with respect to
the  related  Mortgage  Loans at such  Remittance  Date paid or  received by the
Master  Servicer for deposit to the Principal  and Interest  Account (the amount
described in this clause (ii) for the Mortgage Loans in Group I being the "Group
I Principal  Remittance Amount" and the amount described in this clause (ii) for
the  Mortgage  Loans in  Group  II being  the  "Group  II  Principal  Remittance
Amount"). For any Remittance Date the Group I Interest Remittance Amount and the
Group I Principal  Remittance  Amount are  together  referred to as the "Group I
Monthly  Remittance"  for  such  Remittance  Date,  and the  Group  II  Interest
Remittance  Amount and the Group II  Principal  Remittance  Amount are  together
referred to as the "Group II Monthly  Remittance" for such Remittance  Date. The
sum of the  Group I  Interest  Remittance  Amount  and  the  Group  II  Interest
Remittance Amount is equal to the "Interest Remittance Amount". The sum of Group
I Principal  Remittance  Amount and the Group II Principal  Remittance Amount is
equal to the "Principal Remittance Amount". For any Remittance Date the Interest
Remittance  Amount and the Principal  Remittance Amount are together referred to
as the "Monthly Remittance" for such Remittance Date.

        A  "Remittance  Period"  is the  period  commencing  at the  opening  of
business  on the second day of each month and ending at the close of business on
the first day of the following month.

        DELINQUENCY ADVANCES.  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement requires that
if, on any  Remittance  Date,  the amount then on deposit in the  Principal  and
Interest Account from Mortgage Loan collections and





                                      S-42


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



relating to interest is less than the Interest  Remittance  Amount applicable to
such Remittance Period, then the Master Servicer is required to deposit into the
Principal   and  Interest   Account  a  sufficient   amount  of  its  own  funds
("Delinquency  Advances") to make such amount equal to such Interest  Remittance
Amount. The Master Servicer is not required to make a Delinquency  Advance if it
believes that such Delinquency  Advance will not be recoverable from the related
Mortgage Loan. The Trustee,  as successor Master Servicer,  will not be required
to make a Delinquency  Advance if it believes that such Delinquency Advance will
not be recoverable from the related Mortgage Loan.

        THE CERTIFICATE  ACCOUNT.  The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement provides
that the Trustee  shall create and maintain one or more accounts for the purpose
of  funding  distributions  to  the  Owners   (collectively,   the  "Certificate
Account").  The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement provides that the Trustee shall
deposit to the Certificate Account (i) monthly,  the Monthly Remittance received
from the Master  Servicer  on the related  Remittance  Date and (ii) all Insured
Payments received from the Certificate Insurer.

        On the second business day prior to each Payment Date, in preparation of
making  distributions  on such  Payment  Date,  if the Trustee  determines  with
respect to either  Mortgage Loan Group that the Total  Available  Funds to be on
deposit in the Certificate Account with respect to such Mortgage Loan Group will
be  insufficient  to pay the full  amount of the  related  Insured  Distribution
Amount and the fees of the Trustee  and  Certificate  Insurer  for such  Payment
Date,  the  Trustee  will  then  be  required  to  make  a draw  on the  related
Certificate  Insurance  Policy  for  the  deficiency  (the  amount  of any  such
deficiency being the amount of the "Insured Payment" required to be made) and to
deposit  the amount  received  with  respect  to such draw into the  Certificate
Account.

        The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement also  establishes  an account,  the
"Supplemental Interest Account," which is held in trust by the Trustee, but does
not constitute a part of the Trust. The Supplemental  Interest Account will hold
certain  amounts and other  property  relating  to the  funding of  Supplemental
Interest Amounts,  if any, to the Owners of the Class A-6 Group II Certificates.
"Supplemental  Interest  Amounts"  are  payments  due on any Payment  Date which
result  from any  shortfall  between  Class  A-6 Group II  Certificate  interest
calculated  at the  Class  A-6  Formula  Pass-Through  Rate,  and such  interest
calculated at the Class A-6 Available Funds Pass-Through Rate.

        DISTRIBUTIONS  ON THE CLASS A  CERTIFICATES.  On each Payment Date,  the
Trustee shall be required to make the following disbursements and transfers from
the  Certificate  Account  in the  following  order of  priority,  and each such
transfer and  disbursement  shall be treated as having  occurred  only after all
preceding transfers and disbursements have occurred:

              (i)   first,  the Trustee shall pay first, to itself the Trustee's
        fees then due;

             (ii)   second, the Trustee shall pay to the Certificate Insurer the
        premium amount then due;

            (iii) third,  the Trustee  shall pay,  pari passu,  to the Owners of
        each of the  Class A  Certificates,  the  related  Class A  Distribution
        Amount for such Class and such Payment Date;

             (iv) fourth,  the Trustee shall  distribute any remaining amount in
        the   Certificate   Account  to  the  Owners  of  the  related  Class  B
        Certificates  and as  otherwise  required by the  Pooling and  Servicing
        Agreement.

        The  Class  A  Group  I  Certificates   have  been  tranched  into  five
"sequential  pay"  Classes,  such that the Class  A-5 Group I  Certificates  are
entitled to receive no principal  distributions  until the Class A-4 Certificate
Principal  Balance has been reduced to zero,  the Class A-4 Group I Certificates
are  entitled  to  receive  no  principal  distributions  until  the  Class  A-3
Certificate  Principal  Balance has been reduced to zero,  the Class A-3 Group I
Certificates are entitled to receive no principal  distributions until the Class
A-2  Certificate  Principal  Balance has been reduced to zero, and the Class A-2
Group I Certificates  are entitled to receive no principal  distributions  until
the Class A-1 Certificate Principal Balance has been reduced to zero.





                                      S-43


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        The  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  provides  that to the extent the
Certificate  Insurer makes Insured  Payments,  the  Certificate  Insurer will be
subrogated to the rights of the Owners of the related Class A Certificates  with
respect  to such  Insured  Payments  and shall be  deemed,  to the extent of the
payments so made, to be a registered  Owner of Class A Certificates and shall be
entitled to reimbursement for such Insured Payments,  as provided in the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.

CALCULATION OF LIBOR

        On the second  business day preceding  each Payment Date or, in the case
of the first Payment Date, on the second business day preceding the Closing Date
(each such date, an "Interest  Determination  Date"), the Trustee will determine
the London interbank  offered rate for one-month U.S. dollar deposits  ("LIBOR")
for the next Accrual Period for the Class A-1 Group I Certificates and Class A-6
Group II  Certificates  on the basis of the offered rates of the Reference Banks
for one-month U.S. dollar  deposits,  as such rates appear on the Reuters Screen
LIBO Page, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Interest  Determination  Date.
As used in this section,  "business day" means a day on which banks are open for
dealing in foreign  currency and exchange in London and New York City;  "Reuters
Screen  LIBO Page"  means the  display  designated  as page "LIBO" on the Reuter
Monitor  Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the LIBO page on
that service for the purpose of  displaying  London  interbank  offered rates of
major banks);  and "Reference Banks" means leading banks selected by the Trustee
and  engaged  in  transactions  in  Eurodollar  deposits  in  the  international
Eurocurrency  market (i) with an established  place of business in London,  (ii)
whose  quotations  appear  on the  Reuters  Screen  LIBO  Page  on the  Interest
Determination Date in question,  (iii) which have been designated as such by the
Trustee and (iv) not  controlling,  controlled  by, or be under  common  control
with, the Sponsor, the Seller or the Trustee.

        On each  Interest  Determination  Date,  LIBOR for the  related  Accrual
Period  for the Class  A-6  Group II  Certificates  will be  established  by the
Trustee as follows:

        (a) If on such Interest  Determination  Date two or more Reference Banks
provide such offered  quotations,  LIBOR for the related  Accrual Period for the
Class  A-1  Group I and  the  Class  A-6  Group  II  Certificates  shall  be the
arithmetic mean of such offered quotations  (rounded upwards if necessary to the
nearest whole multiple of 1/16%).

        (b) If on such  Interest  Determination  Date fewer  than two  Reference
Banks provide such offered quotations,  LIBOR for the related Accrual Period for
the Class A-1  Group I and the  Class  A-6  Group II  Certificates  shall be the
higher of (x) LIBOR as determined on the previous  Interest  Determination  Date
and (y) the Reserve Interest Rate. The "Reserve Interest Rate" shall be the rate
per annum  that the  Trustee  determines  to be either (i) the  arithmetic  mean
(rounded  upwards if  necessary to the nearest  whole  multiple of 1/16%) of the
one-month  U.S.  dollar  lending rates which New York City banks selected by the
Trustee are quoting on the relevant Interest Determination Date to the principal
London offices of leading banks in the London  interbank market or, in the event
that the  Trustee  can  determine  no such  arithmetic  mean,  (ii)  the  lowest
one-month  U.S.  dollar  lending rate which New York City banks  selected by the
Trustee  are quoting on such  Interest  Determination  Date to leading  European
banks.

        The  establishment of LIBOR on each Interest  Determination  Date by the
Trustee and the Trustee's  calculation of the rate of interest applicable to the
Class  A-1  Group I and the Class  A-6  Group II  Certificates  for the  related
Accrual  Period  shall (in the absence of manifest  error) be final and binding.
Each such rate of interest may be obtained by  telephoning  the Trustee at (612)
667-8085.

SUBORDINATION OF CLASS B CERTIFICATES

        The Class B Certificates  are  subordinated to the Class A Certificates.
Such  subordination is intended to enhance the likelihood that the Owners of the
Class A Certificates  will receive full and timely receipt of all amounts due to
them.






                                      S-44


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        The  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  requires  that the excess of the
aggregate  principal  balance of the Mortgage  Loans in Group I over the Class A
Certificate   Principal  Balance  for  all  Classes  of  the  Class  A  Group  I
Certificates be maintained at a certain amount (which amount may vary over time)
over the life of the  transaction,  which amount is specified by the Certificate
Insurer. The actual amount of this excess is the "Subordinated Amount" for Group
I, and the  specified  target  amount  of the  excess  at a point in time is the
"Specified Subordinated Amount" for Group I.

        Similarly,  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement requires that the excess
of Group II's Pool  Principal  Balance  over the Class A  Certificate  Principal
Balance  for the Class  A-6 Group II  Certificates  be  maintained  at a certain
amount (which amount may vary over time) over the life of the transaction, which
amount is specified by the Certificate Insurer. The actual amount of this excess
is the  "Subordinated  Amount" for Group II, and the specified  target amount of
the excess at a point in time is the "Specified  Subordinated  Amount" for Group
II.

        The  Certificate  Insurer  may permit  the  reduction  of the  Specified
Subordinated  Amount  without  the  consent  of, or the giving of notice to, the
Owners of the  related  Class A  Certificates;  provided,  that the  Certificate
Insurer is not then in default; and provided, further, that such reduction would
not  change  materially  the  weighted  average  life  of the  related  Class  A
Certificates or the current rating thereof.

        The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  generally provides that the Owners
of the Class B Certificates will only receive  distributions of principal to the
extent that the actual  related  Subordinated  Amount  exceeds the then  related
Specified  Subordinated  Amount;  i.e.,  to the extent  that there is a level of
subordination  greater than that required by the Certificate Insurer, as will be
the case when the  Specified  Subordinated  Amount  decreases or "steps down" in
accordance with its terms.  Consequently,  unless there exists on any particular
Payment Date such related excess subordination,  the Owners of the related Class
A  Certificates  will  be  entitled  to  receive  100%  of the  principal  to be
distributed  on such  Payment  Date with  respect to the related  Mortgage  Loan
Group.

        The  Class B  Certificates  are also  entitled  to  receive  all  excess
interest  available  on any Payment  Date for the related  Mortgage  Loan Group,
i.e., the interest  remitted by the Master  Servicer to the Trustee  relating to
the prior  Remittance  Period  (which  interest  remittance is itself net of the
aggregate  monthly  Servicing  Fees) less the  interest  due and  payable to the
Owners of the related Class A  Certificates,  together with the fees and premium
due and payable to the Trustee and the  Certificate  Insurer  (such  interest to
which the related Class B Certificates are entitled,  the "Class B Interest" for
the related Mortgage Loan Group).

        On each  Payment Date the Class B Interest  will be used,  to the extent
available,  to fund any  shortfalls  in amounts due to the Owners of the Class A
Certificates  on such Payment Date. In addition,  to the extent that the related
Specified  Subordinated  Amount increases or "steps up" due to the effect of the
triggers set forth in the definition thereof, or if, due to Realized Losses, the
related  Subordinated  Amount  has been  reduced  below  the  related  Specified
Subordinated  Amount, the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement requires that Class B
Interest  be used to make  payments  of  principal  to the Owners of the Class A
Group I Certificates and the Class A-6 Group II Certificates for the purposes of
accelerating  the  amortization  thereof  relative  to the  amortization  of the
Mortgage Loans in the related Mortgage Loan Group. Such accelerated  payments of
principal  will  be  made  to the  extent  necessary  to  increase  the  related
Subordinated Amount to its then-applicable Specified Subordinated Amount. To the
extent that, on any Payment Date, the actual related Subordinated Amount is less
than the related  Specified  Subordinated  Amount, a "Subordination  Deficiency"
will exist. The Insurance  Agreement  defines a "Group I Subordination  Deficit"
with  respect  to a  Payment  Date to be the  amount,  if any,  by which (x) the
aggregate  Certificate  Principal Balance of the Class A Group I Certificates as
of such Payment Date, and following the making of all  distributions  to be made
on such Payment  Date  (except for any payment to be made as to  principal  from
proceeds of the related  Certificate  Insurance  Policy),  exceeds (y) an amount
equal to the aggregate  principal  balances of the Mortgage Loans in the Group I
as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding  Remittance Period;
a "Group II Subordination Deficit" with respect to a Payment Date is the amount,
if any, by which (x) the aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balance of the Class
A-6 Group II  Certificates  as of such Payment Date, and following the making of
all distributions to be made on such





                                      S-45


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Payment Date (except for any payment to be made as to principal from proceeds of
the related  Certificate  Insurance Policy) exceeds (y) the aggregate  principal
balances  of the  Mortgage  Loans in the Group II as of the close of business on
the last day of the preceding Remittance Period.

        "Subordination  Increase  Amount" means, as of any Payment Date and with
respect to the related Mortgage Loan Group, the lesser of (i) the  Subordination
Deficiency  applicable  to such  Mortgage Loan Group as of such Payment Date and
(ii) the actual  amount  available  to pay the Class B Interest on such  Payment
Date.

        "Subordination Reduction Amount" means, with respect to any Payment Date
and with  respect to the related  Mortgage  Loan Group,  an amount  equal to the
lesser of (x) the excess of the actual  Subordinated  Amount  applicable to such
Mortgage Loan Group over the Specified Subordinated Amount for such Payment Date
and (y) the amount  described in clause  (b)(i)(x) of the  definition of Class A
Principal Distribution Amount for such Payment Date.

        Overcollateralization  and the Certificate Insurance Policy. The Pooling
and  Servicing  Agreement  requires  the  Trustee to make a claim for an Insured
Payment under the related Certificate Insurance Policy not later than the second
business  day prior to any Payment  Date as to which the Trustee has  determined
that a Subordination Deficit will occur for the purpose of applying the proceeds
of such  Insured  Payment as a payment of principal to the Owners of the Class A
Group I Certificates or Class A-6 Group II Certificates,  as the case may be, on
such  Payment  Date.  The  Certificate  Insurance  Policy is thus similar to the
subordination  provisions  described above insofar as the Certificate  Insurance
Policy guarantees ultimate,  rather than current,  payment of the amounts of any
Realized  Losses to the Holders of the related Class A Group I Certificates  and
Class A-6 Group II  Certificates.  Investors in the Class A Group I Certificates
of each Class and the Class A-6 Group II Certificates should realize that, under
extreme loss or delinquency  scenarios  applicable to the related  Mortgage Loan
Pool, they may temporarily receive no distributions of principal.

CROSSCOLLATERALIZATION PROVISIONS

        The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  further  provides that the Class B
Interest  generated by the Group I may be used to fund certain  shortfalls  with
respect to the Group II and vice versa, provided that such Class B Interest must
first be applied to fund certain  required  payments with respect to the related
Mortgage  Loan  Group.  Specifically,  the  Class B  Interest  generated  by one
Mortgage  Loan Group is to be applied in the  following  order of priority:  (i)
first,  to  fund a  Subordination  Increase  Amount  payment  in  response  to a
Subordination Deficit in the related Mortgage Loan Group; (ii) second, to fund a
Subordination  Increase Amount payment in response to a Subordination Deficit or
interest  shortfall in the other  Mortgage  Loan Group;  (iii) third,  to fund a
Subordination Increase Amount payment in response to a Subordination  Deficiency
in the related  Mortgage Loan Group;  and (iv) fourth,  to fund a  Subordination
Increase Amount payment in response to a  Subordination  Deficiency with respect
to the other Mortgage Loan Group.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT DOES NOT APPLY TO PREPAYMENT RISK

        In general, the protection afforded by the subordination  provisions and
by the  Certificate  Insurance  Policy is protection for credit risk and not for
prepayment  risk. The  subordination  provisions may not be adjusted,  nor may a
claim be made under the Certificate Insurance Policy to guarantee or insure that
any  particular  rate of prepayment is experienced by either of the two Mortgage
Loan Groups.

CLASS A CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTIONS AND INSURED PAYMENTS

        No later than the second  business  day prior to each  Payment  Date the
Trustee  will be  required  to  determine  the  amounts  to be on deposit in the
Certificate  Account on such Payment Date and following the  application  of the
cross-collateralization  provisions  described above with respect to each of the
two  Mortgage  Loan  Groups,  such  amounts  being the "Group I Total  Available
Funds",   and  the  "Group  II  Total  Available   Funds",   respectively,   or,
collectively,  the "Total  Available  Funds".  If the aggregate  Class A Insured
Distribution  Amount related to the Class A Group I Certificates for any Payment
Date exceeds the Group I Total Available





                                      S-46


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Funds for such Payment Date,  the Trustee will be required to draw the amount of
such insufficiency from the Certificate Insurer under the Certificate  Insurance
Policy.  Similarly,  if on any  Payment  Date the Class A  Insured  Distribution
Amount related to the Class A-6 Group II Certificates exceeds the Group II Total
Available  Funds for such Payment Date, the Trustee will be required to draw the
amount of such insufficiency from the Certificate  Insurer under the Certificate
Insurance  Policy.  The Trustee  will be required to deposit to the  Certificate
Account the amount of any Insured Payment made by the Certificate  Insurer.  The
Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreement   provides  that  amounts  which  cannot  be
distributed  to  the  Owners  of  the   Certificates   as  a  result  of  final,
non-appealable  proceedings  under the United States  Bankruptcy Code or similar
insolvency  laws  will not be  considered  in  determining  the  amount of Total
Available Funds with respect to any Payment Date.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION OF THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES

        The  Class  A  Certificates   will  be  book-entry   certificates   (the
"Book-Entry Certificates").  The Beneficial Certificate Owners may elect to hold
their  Class A  Certificates  through  DTC in the  United  States,  or  CEDEL or
Euroclear (in Europe) if they are participants of such systems ("Participants"),
or indirectly through  organizations which are Participants in such systems. The
Book-Entry  Certificates will be issued in one or more certificates per class of
Class A Certificates  which in the aggregate equal the principal balance of such
Class A  Certificates  and will initially be registered in the name of Cede, the
nominee of DTC.  CEDEL and  Euroclear  will hold omnibus  positions on behalf of
their  Participants  through  customers'  securities  accounts  in  CEDEL's  and
Euroclear's  names on the books of their respective  depositories  which in turn
will hold such positions in customers'  securities accounts in the depositories'
names on the books of DTC.  Citibank will act as depository for CEDEL and Morgan
will act as  depository  for  Euroclear (in such  capacities,  individually  the
"Relevant Depository" and collectively the "European  Depositories").  Investors
may hold such  beneficial  interests in the Book-Entry  Certificates  in minimum
denominations  representing  principal  amounts of $1,000.  Except as  described
below,  no Beneficial  Certificate  Owner will be entitled to receive a physical
certificate representing such Certificate (a "Definitive  Certificate").  Unless
and until Definitive  Certificates  are issued,  it is anticipated that the only
"Owner" of such Class A Certificates will be Cede, as nominee of DTC. Beneficial
Certificate  Owners  will not be Owners as that term is used in the  Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement.  Beneficial  Certificate  Owners  are  only  permitted  to
exercise their rights indirectly through Participants and DTC.

        The Beneficial Certificate Owner's ownership of a Book-Entry Certificate
will be recorded on the records of the brokerage firm, bank, thrift  institution
or  other  financial  intermediary  (each,  a  "Financial   Intermediary")  that
maintains the Beneficial  Certificate Owner's account for such purpose. In turn,
the Financial  Intermediary's  Ownership of such Book-Entry  Certificate will be
recorded  on the records of DTC (or of a  participating  firm that acts as agent
for the Financial  Intermediary,  whose interest will in turn be recorded on the
records of DTC, or, if the Beneficial Certificate Owner's Financial Intermediary
is not a DTC  Participant,  then  on the  records  of  CEDEL  or  Euroclear,  as
appropriate).

        Beneficial   Certificate   Owners  will  receive  all  distributions  of
principal of, and interest on, the Class A Certificates from the Trustee through
DTC and DTC  Participants.  While  such  Class A  Certificates  are  outstanding
(except under the circumstances  described below), under the rules,  regulations
and procedures creating and affecting DTC and its operations (the "Rules"),  DTC
is required to make book-entry  transfers among  Participants on whose behalf it
acts with  respect to such Class A  Certificates  and is required to receive and
transmit   distributions  of  principal  of,  and  interest  on,  such  Class  A
Certificates.  Participants  and  indirect  participants  with  whom  Beneficial
Certificate  Owners  have  accounts  with  respect to Class A  Certificates  are
similarly  required to make  book-entry  transfers and receive and transmit such
distributions  on  behalf of their  respective  Beneficial  Certificate  Owners.
Accordingly,   although   Beneficial   Certificate   Owners   will  not  possess
certificates,  the Rules  provide a mechanism  by which  Beneficial  Certificate
Owners will receive distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.

        Beneficial Certificate Owners will not receive or be entitled to receive
certificates   representing   their   respective   interests   in  the  Class  A
Certificates, except under the limited circumstances described below. Unless and
until Definitive Certificates are issued,  Beneficial Certificate Owners who are
not Participants may transfer





                                      S-47


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



ownership  of  Class A  Certificates  only  through  Participants  and  indirect
participants  by instructing  such  Participants  and indirect  participants  to
transfer such Class A Certificates,  by book-entry transfer, through DTC for the
account  of the  purchasers  of such  Class A  Certificates,  which  account  is
maintained with their respective Participants. Under the Rules and in accordance
with  DTC's  normal   procedures,   transfers  of  ownership  of  such  Class  A
Certificates  will be executed  through DTC and the  accounts of the  respective
Participants at DTC will be debited and credited.  Similarly,  the  Participants
and indirect  participants  will make debits or credits,  as the case may be, on
their  records on behalf of the selling and  purchasing  Beneficial  Certificate
Owners.

        Because of time zone  differences,  credits of  securities  received  in
CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a Participant will be made
during subsequent  securities  settlement  processing and dated the business day
following the DTC  settlement  date.  Such credits or any  transactions  in such
securities  settled  during such  processing  will be  reported to the  relevant
Euroclear or CEDEL  Participants on such business day. Cash received in CEDEL or
Euroclear as a result of sales of securities  by or through a CEDEL  Participant
(as  defined  below)  or  Euroclear  Participant  (as  defined  below)  to a DTC
Participant  will be received with value on the DTC settlement  date but will be
available  in the  relevant  CEDEL  or  Euroclear  cash  account  only as of the
business day following  settlements in DTC. For information  with respect to tax
documentation  procedures  relating to the  Certificates,  see "Certain  Federal
Income Tax  Consequences  -- Taxation  of Certain  Foreign  Investors"  and " --
Backup Withholding" in the Prospectus and "Global Clearance,  Settlement and Tax
Documentation  Procedures  -- Certain  U.S.  Federal  Income  Tax  Documentation
Requirements" in Annex I hereto.

        Transfers between  Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers  between CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

        Cross-market  transfers  between persons holding  directly or indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing  system  by  the  Relevant  Depository;   however,   such  cross-market
transactions  will require  delivery of  instructions  to the relevant  European
international  clearing system by the  counterparty in such system in accordance
with its rules and procedures  and within its  established  deadlines  (European
time).  The  relevant  European  international  clearing  system  will,  if  the
transaction  meets its  settlement  requirements,  deliver  instructions  to the
Relevant  Depository to take action to effect final  settlement on its behalf by
delivering or receiving  securities  in DTC, and making or receiving  payment in
accordance with normal  procedures for same day funds  settlement  applicable to
DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear  Participants may not deliver instructions
directly to the European Depositories.

        DTC,  which  is a New  York-chartered  limited  purpose  trust  company,
performs  services  for its  Participants  ("DTC  Participants"),  some of which
(and/or  their   representatives)   own  DTC.  In  accordance  with  its  normal
procedures, DTC is expected to record the positions held by each DTC Participant
in the Book-Entry Certificates, whether held for its own account or as a nominee
for another person. In general,  beneficial ownership of Book-Entry Certificates
will be subject to the rules,  regulations and procedures  governing DTC and DTC
Participants as in effect from time to time.

        CEDEL is  incorporated  under the laws of Luxembourg  as a  professional
depository.  CEDEL holds  securities for its participant  organizations  ("CEDEL
Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of CEDEL  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the  need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  Transactions  may be  settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  CEDEL  provides  to its  CEDEL
Participants,  among other  things,  services for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally  traded  securities and securities
lending  and  borrowing.  CEDEL  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries. As a professional  depository,  CEDEL is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  CEDEL  Participants  are recognized  financial
institutions around the world, including underwriters,





                                      S-48


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



securities brokers and dealers,  banks, trust companies,  clearing  corporations
and certain other  organizations.  Indirect access to CEDEL is also available to
others, such as banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust companies that clear through
or maintain a custodial  relationship with a CEDEL Participant,  either directly
or indirectly.

        Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold  securities  for  participants  of
Euroclear  ("Euroclear  Participants")  and to  clear  and  settle  transactions
between  Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous   electronic  book-entry
delivery against payment,  thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 31 currencies,  including United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services,  including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several  countries
generally  similar  to the  arrangements  for  cross-market  transfers  with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the  "Euroclear  Operator"),  under contract
with Euroclear  Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian  cooperative  corporation (the
"Cooperative").  All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear Securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear operator,  not the Cooperative.  The Cooperative  establishes
policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include banks  (including  central  banks),  securities  brokers and dealers and
other  professional  financial  intermediaries.  Indirect access to Euroclear is
also  available  to other  firms that  clear  through  or  maintain a  custodial
relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

        The  Euroclear  Operator  is the  Belgian  branch of a New York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

        Securities  clearance  accounts  and cash  accounts  with the  Euroclear
operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively,  the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and
cash from  Euroclear,  and receipts of payments  with respect to  securities  in
Euroclear.  All  securities  in Euroclear  are held on a fungible  basis without
attribution of specific  certificates to specific securities clearance accounts.
The  Euroclear  Operator acts under the Terms and  Conditions  only on behalf of
Euroclear  Participants,  and has no  record  of or  relationship  with  persons
holding through Euroclear Participants.

        Distributions  on the  Book-Entry  Certificates  will  be  made  on each
Payment Date by the Trustee to DTC. DTC will be  responsible  for  crediting the
amount of such payments to the accounts of the  applicable DTC  Participants  in
accordance  with  DTC's  normal   procedures.   Each  DTC  Participant  will  be
responsible for disbursing such payment to the Beneficial  Certificate Owners of
the   Book-Entry   Certificates   that  it  represents  and  to  each  Financial
Intermediary for which it acts as agent.  Each such Financial  Intermediary will
be responsible for disbursing funds to the Beneficial  Certificate Owners of the
Book-Entry Certificates that it represents.

        Under  a  book-entry  format,   Beneficial  Certificate  Owners  of  the
Book-Entry  Certificates may experience some delay in their receipt of payments,
since such payments will be forwarded by the Trustee to Cede. Distributions with
respect to Class A Certificates held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be credited
to the  cash  accounts  of  CEDEL  Participants  or  Euroclear  Participants  in
accordance  with the  relevant  system's  rules and  procedures,  to the  extent
received by the Relevant  Depository.  Such distributions will be subject to tax
reporting in accordance  with relevant  United States tax laws and  regulations.
Because DTC can only act on behalf of Financial Intermediaries, the ability of a
Beneficial  Certificate Owner to pledge Book-Entry  Certificates,  to persons or
entities that do not  participate  in the Depository  system,  or otherwise take
actions in respect of such  Book-Entry  Certificates,  may be limited due to the
lack of physical  certificates  for such Book-Entry  Certificates.  In addition,
issuance  of the  Book-Entry  Certificates  in  book-entry  form may  reduce the
liquidity of such  Certificates in the secondary market since certain  potential
investors may be unwilling to purchase Certificates for which they cannot obtain
physical certificates.





                                      S-49


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        Monthly and annual reports on the Trust provided by the Master  Servicer
to Cede,  as nominee of DTC,  may be made  available to  Beneficial  Certificate
Owners upon request,  in accordance  with the rules,  regulations and procedures
creating and affecting the Depository,  and to the Financial  Intermediaries  to
whose DTC accounts the Book-Entry  Certificates of such  Beneficial  Certificate
Owners are credited.

        DTC  has  advised  the  Trustee  that,   unless  and  until   Definitive
Certificates  are issued,  DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the
holders of the Book-Entry Certificates under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
only at the  direction  of one or more  Financial  Intermediaries  to whose  DTC
accounts  the  Book-Entry  Certificates  are  credited,  to the extent that such
actions are taken on behalf of Financial  Intermediaries  whose holdings include
such Book-Entry  Certificates.  CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may
be, will take any action permitted to be taken by an Owner under the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement on behalf of a CEDEL  Participant or Euroclear  Participant
only in accordance  with its relevant  rules and  procedures  and subject to the
ability of the Relevant  Depository to effect such actions on its behalf through
DTC. DTC may take actions,  at the direction of the related  Participants,  with
respect to some Class A  Certificates  which  conflict  with actions  taken with
respect to other Class A Certificates.

        Definitive  Certificates will be issued to Beneficial Certificate Owners
of the Book-Entry Certificates,  or their nominees,  rather than to DTC, only if
(a) DTC or the  Sponsor  advises  the  Trustee in writing  that DTC is no longer
willing,  qualified or able to  discharge  properly  its  responsibilities  as a
nominee and  depository  with  respect to the  Book-Entry  Certificates  and the
Sponsor  or the  Trustee  is  unable to locate a  qualified  successor,  (b) the
Sponsor, at its sole option, elects to terminate a book-entry system through DTC
or (c) DTC, at the direction of the Beneficial Certificate Owners representing a
majority of the  outstanding  Percentage  Interests of the Class A Certificates,
advises the Trustee in writing  that the  continuation  of a  book-entry  system
through  DTC (or a  successor  thereto)  is no longer in the best  interests  of
Beneficial Certificate Owners.

        Upon the  occurrence of any of the events  described in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  the Trustee  will be  required  to notify all  Beneficial
Certificate Owners of the occurrence of such event and the availability  through
DTC of Definitive Certificates.  Upon surrender by DTC of the global certificate
or certificates  representing  the Book-Entry  Certificates and instructions for
re-registration,  the Trustee will issue Definitive Certificates, and thereafter
the Trustee will recognize the holders of such Definitive Certificates as Owners
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        Although  DTC,   CEDEL  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the  foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate  transfers of Certificates  among Participants
of DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue
to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

        The Trust has not and will not:  (i) issue  securities  (except  for the
Certificates);  (ii) borrow money;  (iii) make loans;  (iv) invest in securities
for the purpose of exercising control; (v) underwrite securities; (vi) except as
provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, engage in the purchase and sale
(or turnover) of investments;  (vii) offer securities  (except the Certificates)
in exchange  for  property;  or (viii)  repurchase  or otherwise  reacquire  its
securities.  See "Reports to the Holders" for information  regarding  reports to
the Certificateholders.

GENERAL SERVICING PROCEDURES

        Acting directly or through one or more  sub-servicers,  AFL (the "Master
Servicer")  is  required  to  service  and  administer  the  Mortgage  Loans  in
accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        The Master  Servicer in its own name or in the name of a sub-servicer is
authorized and empowered pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement (i) to
execute and deliver any and all  instruments of  satisfaction or cancellation or
of partial or full release or  discharge  and all other  comparable  instruments
with respect to the Mortgage Loans and with respect to the  Properties,  (ii) to
institute foreclosure proceedings or





                                      S-50


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



obtain a deed in lieu of foreclosure  so as to effect  ownership of any Property
in its own name on behalf of the Trustee, and (iii) to hold title in the name of
the Trust to any Property upon such  foreclosure  or deed in lieu of foreclosure
on behalf of the Trustee;  provided,  however, that to the extent any instrument
described in clause (i) would be delivered by the Master Servicer outside of its
ordinary  procedures  for mortgage  loans held for its own  account,  the Master
Servicer is required,  prior to executing and  delivering  such  instrument,  to
obtain the prior written consent of the Certificate Insurer.

        The Master  Servicer,  in its own name or in the name of a Sub-Servicer,
has the right to approve  requests  of  Mortgagors  for  consent to (i)  partial
releases of  Mortgages,  (ii)  alterations,  and (iii)  removal,  demolition  or
division of Properties subject to Mortgages. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement
provides that no such request shall be approved by the Master  Servicer  unless:
(i) (x) the provisions of the related Note and Mortgage have been complied with,
(y) the Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio (which may, for this purpose, be determined
at the  time  of any  such  action  in a  manner  reasonably  acceptable  to the
Certificate   Insurer)   after  any  release   does  not  exceed  the   Combined
Loan-to-Value Ratio set forth for such Mortgage Loan in the Schedule of Mortgage
Loans,  and (z) the lien priority of the related  Mortgage is not  affected;  or
(ii) the Certificate Insurer shall have approved the granting of such request.

        On the tenth day of each month (or the  immediately  following  business
day if the tenth day does not fall on a business  day),  the Master  Servicer or
Sub-Servicer  shall send to the Trustee a report  detailing  the payments on the
Mortgage Loans serviced by it in each of the two Mortgage Loan Groups during the
prior Remittance Period.

COLLECTION OF CERTAIN MORTGAGE LOAN PAYMENTS

        The Master  Servicer is required  generally to service the Mortgage Loan
Pool in a prudent manner  consistent  with its general  servicing  standards for
similar  mortgage loans and to make  reasonable  efforts to collect all payments
called for under the terms and provisions of the Mortgage  Loans,  and shall, to
the extent  such  procedures  shall be  consistent  with the  provisions  of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  follow collection  procedures for all Mortgage
Loans at least as rigorous as those the Master  Servicer would take in servicing
loans and in collecting payments thereunder for its own account.

        Consistent with the foregoing,  the Master Servicer,  in its own name or
in the name of a Sub-Servicer,  may (i) in its discretion  waive or permit to be
waived  any late  payment  charge or  assumption  fee or any other fee or charge
which the Master Servicer would be entitled to retain as servicing compensation,
(ii) extend the due date for payments  due on a Note for a period (with  respect
to each payment as to which the due date is extended)  not greater than 125 days
after the initially  scheduled  due date for such  payment,  and (iii) amend any
Note to extend the maturity thereof, provided that no maturity shall be extended
beyond the maturity date of the Mortgage Loan with the latest  maturity date and
that no more than 1.0% of the Original Pool Balance of the Mortgage  Loans shall
have a maturity date which has been extended beyond the maturity date thereof at
the Cut-Off Date;  provided that such action does not violate  applicable  REMIC
provisions.  In the event the Master Servicer, in its own name or in the name of
a Sub-Servicer, consents to the deferment of the due dates for payments due on a
Note,  the Master  Servicer  or  Sub-Servicer  is  nonetheless  required to make
payment of any  required  Delinquency  Advance  with  respect to the payments so
extended  to the  same  extent  as if  such  installment  were  due,  owing  and
delinquent and had not been deferred.

        Generally the Class A Certificate Owners would prefer that "due-on-sale"
clauses be waived in the event of a sale of the underlying  Mortgaged  Property,
that extensions and accommodations be made with delinquent Mortgagors,  and that
liquidations of Mortgage Loans be deferred, since upon prepayment due to sale or
upon  liquidation  such Owners will receive a payment of principal in connection
with such prepayment or liquidation.  If attractive re-investment  opportunities
are  available  at  the  time,  Class  A  Certificate  Owners  may  prefer  that
"due-on-sale" clauses not be waived and that no such extensions,  accommodations
or deferments be made, thus hastening the return of principal to such Owners.






                                      S-51


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Owners do not have the right under the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement
to make decisions with respect to Mortgagor accounts.  Such decisions are in the
nature of mortgage  servicing and the Master Servicer generally has the right to
make such  decisions  without  the  requirement  of consent of the  Owners,  the
Trustee or the  Certificate  Insurer.  The Master  Servicer  will  generally  be
required  under the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  to enforce  "due-on-sale"
clauses, and will make decisions with respect to liquidations in accordance with
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        Under certain limited  circumstances the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
may require the Master Servicer to obtain the consent of the Certificate Insurer
before taking  certain  actions with respect to defaulted  Mortgage Loans and in
connection  with the  waiver of  "due-on-sale"  clauses.  Since the  Certificate
Insurer's exposure increases,  to the extent of interest accrued, the longer the
liquidation  process,  it is likely to be the case that the Certificate  Insurer
will  favor  quick  liquidations  in those  situations  in which its  consent is
required.  Similarly,  the Certificate  Insurer would favor the enforcement of a
"due-on-sale" clause, since a prepayment in the event of a sale also reduces its
exposure by limiting the accrual of interest.

SUB-SERVICING AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE MASTER SERVICER AND SUB-SERVICER

        The Master Servicer has entered into a sub-servicing  agreement with LSI
for the servicing and administration of Mortgage Loans. The Master Servicer will
not be relieved of its  obligations  under the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement
notwithstanding  any sub-servicing  agreement,  and the Master Servicer shall be
obligated  to the same extent and under the same terms and  conditions  as if it
alone were servicing and administering the Mortgage Loans.

PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ACCOUNT

        The Master  Servicer,  in its own name or in the name of a Sub-Servicer,
is required to deposit to the Principal and Interest  Account all collections on
the  Mortgage  Loans,  certain  proceeds  received  by the  Master  Servicer  in
connection  with  the  termination  of  the  Trust,  Loan  Purchase  Prices  and
Substitution  Amounts  received or paid by the Master  Servicer,  insurance  and
condemnation proceeds received by the Master Servicer,  other amounts related to
the Mortgage  Loans received by the Master  Servicer,  including any income from
REO  Properties  (net of  Servicing  Advances  made  with  respect  to such  REO
Properties),  and  Delinquency  Advances  together  with any  amounts  which are
reimbursable from the Principal and Interest  Account,  but net of the Servicing
Fee with respect to each Mortgage Loan serviced by the Master Servicer and other
servicing  compensation  to the Master  Servicer as permitted by the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

        The  Master  Servicer  or  Sub-Servicer  may make  withdrawals  from the
Principal and Interest  Account only for the following  purposes:  (a) to effect
the timely  remittance  to the  Trustee  of the  Monthly  Remittance  due on the
Remittance  Date; (b) to withdraw  investment  earnings on amounts on deposit in
the  Principal  and  Interest  Account;  (c) to withdraw  amounts that have been
deposited to the  Principal  and Interest  Account in error;  (d) to pay certain
miscellaneous  amounts  over to the  Seller and (e) to clear and  terminate  the
Principal and Interest Account.

        On each  Remittance  Date the Master  Servicer and any  Sub-Servicer  is
required to remit the Monthly  Remittance  amount  inclusive of all  Delinquency
Advances and Compensating Interest to the Trustee by wire transfer, or otherwise
make funds available in immediately available funds.

SERVICING ADVANCES

        The Pooling and Servicing Agreement obligates the Master Servicer to pay
all  reasonable  and  customary  "out-of-pocket"  costs and expenses  (including
reasonable legal fees) incurred in the performance of its servicing  obligations
including,  but not limited to, the cost of (i) preservation expenses,  (ii) any
enforcement  or  judicial  proceedings,   including   foreclosures,   (iii)  the
management  and  liquidation  of REO Property  (including,  without  limitation,
realtors'  commissions)  and (iv) advances  made for taxes,  insurance and other
charges against a Property.  Each such  expenditure will constitute a "Servicing
Advance". The Master





                                      S-52


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Servicer  may  recover  Servicing  Advances  from the  Mortgagors  to the extent
permitted  by the  Mortgage  Loans or,  if not  theretofore  recovered  from the
Mortgagor  on whose behalf such  Servicing  Advance was made,  from  Liquidation
Proceeds  realized upon the liquidation of the related Mortgage Loan. In no case
may the Master  Servicer  recover  Servicing  Advances  from the  principal  and
interest payments on any Mortgage Loan or from any amounts relating to any other
Mortgage Loan. The Master  Servicer is not required to make a Servicing  Advance
if it believes  that such  Servicing  Advance will not be  recoverable  from the
related Mortgage Loan.

COMPENSATING INTEREST

        A full month's  interest on each  Mortgage  Loan,  calculated  at a rate
equal to such  Mortgage  Loan's Coupon Rate less the Servicing Fee is due to the
Trustee on the  outstanding  principal  balance of each  Mortgage Loan as of the
beginning of each Remittance  Period.  If a Prepayment of a Mortgage Loan occurs
during any calendar month,  any difference  between the interest  collected from
the Mortgagor  during such calendar month and the full month's  interest at such
rate  ("Compensating  Interest")  that is due is required to be deposited by the
Master  Servicer to the  Principal  and Interest  Account  (without any right of
reimbursement therefor) and shall be included in the Monthly Remittance and made
available to the Trustee on the next succeeding Remittance Date.

MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE

        The Master  Servicer is required to cause to be maintained  with respect
to each Mortgage Loan that it services and related  Property a hazard  insurance
policy with a carrier  licensed  in the state in which such  Property is located
that provides for fire and extended coverage,  and which provides for a recovery
by the Trust of insurance  proceeds  relating to such Mortgage Loan in an amount
not less than the least of (i) the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage
Loan (together in the case of a Junior Mortgage,  with the outstanding principal
balance of the senior lien),  or (ii) the minimum amount  required to compensate
for loss or damage on a  replacement  cost  basis,  or (iii) the full  insurable
value of the premises.

        If a Mortgage  Loan at the time of  origination  relates to a  Mortgaged
Property in an area identified in the Federal Register by the Federal  Emergency
Management Agency as having special flood hazards,  the Master Servicer,  in its
own name or in the name of a  Sub-Servicer,  will be required  to maintain  with
respect thereto a flood insurance  policy in a form meeting the  requirements of
the  then-current  guidelines  of the Federal  Insurance  Administration  with a
generally  acceptable  carrier  in an amount  representing  coverage,  and which
provides for recovery by the Master  Servicer or a Sub-Servicer on behalf of the
Trust of insurance proceeds relating to such Mortgage Loan, of not less than the
least of (i) the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan, or (ii) the
minimum amount  required to compensate for damage or loss on a replacement  cost
basis,  or (iii) the maximum  amount of insurance  that is  available  under the
Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended.

        In the event that the Master  Servicer  or a  Sub-Servicer  obtains  and
maintains a blanket  policy  insuring  against fire with  extended  coverage and
against  flood hazards on all of the Mortgage  Loans that it services,  then, to
the extent such policy names the Master Servicer or a Sub-Servicer as loss payee
and  provides  coverage in an amount  equal to the  aggregate  unpaid  principal
balance on the Mortgage Loans without co-insurance,  and otherwise complies with
the  requirements  of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  the Master Servicer
shall be deemed  conclusively to have satisfied its obligations  with respect to
fire and hazard  insurance  coverage under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.
Such blanket  policy may contain a deductible  clause,  in which case the Master
Servicer  will be  required,  in the  event  that  there  shall  not  have  been
maintained on the related Mortgaged Property a policy complying with the Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement,  and there shall have been a loss that would have been
covered by such policy,  to deposit in the Principal  and Interest  Account from
the Master Servicer's own funds the difference,  if any, between the amount that
would have been payable under a policy  complying with the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and the amount paid under such blanket policy.






                                      S-53


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Pursuant to the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Master  Servicer
will be required to indemnify the Trust out of its own funds for any loss to the
Trust  resulting  from the Master  Servicer's  failure to maintain  any required
insurance.

DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES

        When a Property  has been or is about to be conveyed  by the  Mortgagor,
the Master  Servicer or a Sub- Servicer,  to the extent it has knowledge of such
conveyance  or  prospective  conveyance,  is required to exercise  its rights to
accelerate  the  maturity of the related  Mortgage  Loan under any "due on sale"
clause contained in the related Mortgage or Note;  provided,  however,  that the
Master  Servicer  will  not be  required  to  exercise  any  such  right  if the
"due-on-sale"  clause, in the reasonable  belief of the Master Servicer,  is not
enforceable under applicable law; and provided further, that the Master Servicer
may refrain from exercising any such right if the Certificate  Insurer gives its
prior consent to such non-enforcement.

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

        The Master  Servicer,  in its own name or in the name of a Sub-Servicer,
is required to foreclose  upon or otherwise  comparably  effect the ownership in
the name of the Trust,  on behalf of the  Trustee,  of  Properties  relating  to
defaulted   Mortgage  Loans  that  it  services  as  to  which  no  satisfactory
arrangements  can be made for  collection of  delinquent  payments and which the
Master  Servicer has not  purchased  pursuant to its purchase  option  described
below,  unless the Master  Servicer  reasonably  believes  that Net  Liquidation
Proceeds  with respect to such  Mortgage Loan would not be increased as a result
of such  foreclosure  or other action,  in which case such Mortgage Loan will be
charged off and will become a Liquidated  Mortgage Loan. In connection with such
foreclosure or other conversion,  the Master Servicer is required to exercise or
use  foreclosure  procedures  with the same degree of care and skill as it would
exercise or use under the  circumstances in the conduct of its own affairs.  Any
amounts  advanced in  connection  with such  foreclosure  or other  action shall
constitute "Servicing Advances".

        The Master  Servicer,  in its own name or in the name of a Sub-Servicer,
is required to sell any REO Property  within 23 months of its acquisition by the
Trustee,  unless  the  Master  Servicer  obtains  for the  Trustee an opinion of
counsel experienced in federal income tax matters,  addressed to the Trustee and
the Master  Servicer,  to the effect  that the  holding by the Trust of such REO
Property for a greater  specified  period will not result in the  imposition  of
taxes on  "prohibited  transactions"  of the Trust as defined in Section 860F of
the Code or cause the Trust to fail to qualify as a REMIC.

        In accordance  with the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  if the Master
Servicer  has  actual  knowledge  that  a  Property  which  it is  contemplating
acquiring  in  foreclosure   or  by  deed  in  lieu  of   foreclosure   contains
environmental  or hazardous  waste risks known to it, the Master  Servicer shall
notify the Certificate  Insurer and the Trustee prior to acquiring the Property.
The Master  Servicer is not  permitted to take any action with respect to such a
Property without the prior written approval of the Certificate Insurer.

        The Master  Servicer  is  required to  determine,  with  respect to each
defaulted Mortgage Loan that it services, when it has recovered, whether through
trustee's sale,  foreclosure sale or otherwise,  all amounts, if any, it expects
to recover from or on account of such defaulted  Mortgage  Loan,  whereupon such
Mortgage Loan shall become a "Liquidated Mortgage Loan".

SERVICING COMPENSATION

        As  compensation  for its  servicing  activities  under the  Pooling and
Servicing Agreement,  the Master Servicer shall be entitled to retain the amount
of the  Servicing  Fee with  respect  to each  Mortgage  Loan that it  services.
Additional  servicing  compensation  in the  form of  release  fees,  bad  check
charges,  assumption fees, late payment charges, and any other servicing-related
fees,  and  similar  items may,  to the extent  collected  from  Mortgagors,  be
retained by the Master Servicer.






                                      S-54


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



ANNUAL STATEMENT AS TO COMPLIANCE

        The Master  Servicer is required to deliver,  on its own behalf,  to the
Trustee,  the Seller and the Certificate  Insurer,  on or before the last day of
April of each year,  commencing in 1997, an Officer's Certificate stating, as to
each signer thereof,  that (i) a review of the activities of the Master Servicer
during such  preceding  calendar year and of  performance  under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement has been made under such officer's supervision,  and (ii) to
the best of such officer's knowledge,  based on such review, the Master Servicer
has fulfilled all its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement for
such  year,  or,  if there  has been a default  in the  fulfillment  of all such
obligations,  specifying  each such default known to such officer and the nature
and status  thereof  including  the steps being taken by the Master  Servicer to
remedy such default.

ANNUAL INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS

        On or before the last day of April of each year, commencing in 1997, the
Master Servicer is required to cause to be delivered,  on its own behalf, to the
Trustee  and  the  Certificate  Insurer  a  letter  or  letters  of  a  firm  of
independent,  nationally  recognized  certified  public  accountants  reasonably
acceptable to the  Certificate  Insurer stating that such firm has, with respect
to the Master Servicer's overall servicing  operations (i) performed  applicable
tests in  accordance  with the  compliance  testing  procedures  as set forth in
Appendix  3 of  the  Audit  Guide  for  Audits  of  HUD  Approved  Nonsupervised
Mortgagees or (ii) examined such operations in accordance with the  requirements
of the Uniform  Single  Audit  Program for  Mortgage  Bankers,  and stating such
firm's conclusions relating thereto.

ASSIGNMENT OF AGREEMENT

        The Master Servicer may not assign its obligations under the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement,  in whole or in part,  unless it shall have first obtained
the written  consent of the Seller,  the  Trustee and the  Certificate  Insurer;
provided,  however, that any assignee must meet the eligibility requirements set
forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for a successor Master Servicer.

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF THE MASTER SERVICER; EVENTS OF DEFAULT

        The Certificate Insurer, or with the consent of the Certificate Insurer,
the Seller or the Owners of Class A Certificates owning a majority in Percentage
Interest in the Class A  Certificates  may remove the Master  Servicer  upon the
occurrence of any of the following events (each, an "Event of Default"):

                  (i) The Master  Servicer shall (I) apply for or consent to the
        appointment of a receiver,  trustee,  liquidator or custodian or similar
        entity with respect to itself or its property, (II) admit in writing its
        inability to pay its debts  generally  as they become due,  (III) make a
        general  assignment  for the benefit of creditors,  (IV) be  adjudicated
        bankrupt or insolvent,  (V) commence a voluntary  case under the federal
        bankruptcy  laws of the United  States of  America  or file a  voluntary
        petition or answer seeking reorganization, an arrangement with creditors
        or an order for relief or seeking to take  advantage  of any  insolvency
        law or file an answer  admitting the material  allegations of a petition
        filed  against  it  in  any  bankruptcy,  reorganization  or  insolvency
        proceeding  or (VI)  cause  corporate  action  to be taken by it for the
        purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

                 (ii) If without  the  application,  approval  or consent of the
        Master  Servicer,  a  proceeding  shall be  instituted  in any  court of
        competent   jurisdiction,   under  any  law   relating  to   bankruptcy,
        insolvency,  reorganization or relief of debtors,  seeking in respect of
        the  Master   Servicer  an  order  for  relief  or  an  adjudication  in
        bankruptcy,  reorganization,  dissolution,  winding up,  liquidation,  a
        composition or arrangement with creditors,  a readjustment of debts, the
        appointment of a trustee,  receiver,  liquidator or custodian or similar
        entity with respect to the Master  Servicer or of all or any substantial
        part of its assets,  or other like relief in respect  thereof  under any
        bankruptcy or insolvency law, and, if such proceeding is being contested
        by the Master Servicer in good faith, the same shall (A) result in the





                                      S-55


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        entry of an order for relief or any such  adjudication or appointment or
        (B) continue undismissed or pending and unstayed for any period of sixty
        (60) consecutive days; or

                (iii) The Master  Servicer shall fail to perform any one or more
        of its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (other than
        its  obligations  referenced  in clauses (vi) and (vii) below) and shall
        continue  in default  thereof for a period of thirty (30) days after the
        earlier to occur of (x) the date on which an  authorized  officer of the
        Master  Servicer knows or reasonably  should know of such failure or (y)
        receipt by the Master  Servicer of a written notice by the Trustee,  any
        Owner, the Seller or the Certificate Insurer of said failure; or

                 (iv) The Master  Servicer  shall fail to cure any breach of any
        of its  representations  and  warranties  set forth in the  Pooling  and
        Servicing Agreement which materially and adversely affects the interests
        of the Owners or  Certificate  Insurer  for a period of thirty (30) days
        after the earlier of (x) the date on which an authorized  officer of the
        Master  Servicer  knows or reasonably  should know of such breach or (y)
        receipt by the Master Servicer of a written notice from the Trustee, any
        Owner, the Seller or the Certificate Insurer of such breach;

                  (v) If the  Certificate  Insurer  pays out any money under the
        Certificate  Insurance Policy,  or if the Certificate  Insurer otherwise
        funds any shortfall with its own money, because the amounts available to
        the Trustee (other than from the Certificate  Insurer) are  insufficient
        to make required distributions on the Class A Certificates;

                 (vi) The failure by the Master  Servicer  to make any  required
        Servicing  Advance for a period of 30 days  following the earlier of (x)
        the date on which an authorized  officer of the Master Servicer knows or
        reasonably  should  know of such  failure  or (y)  receipt by the Master
        Servicer of a written notice from the Trustee,  any Owner, the Seller or
        the Certificate Insurer of such failure;

                (vii)  The failure by  the  Master Servicer to make any required
        Delinquency  Advance or to  pay any Compensating Interest or to pay over
        the Monthly Remittance; or

               (viii)  If the  delinquency  or  loss  levels  applicable  to the
        Mortgage Loans serviced by the Master Servicer exceed certain  "trigger"
        levels set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement;

provided, however, that (x) prior to any removal of the Master Servicer pursuant
to clauses (ii) through (iv) and (vi) above, any applicable grace period granted
by any such clause shall have expired  prior to the time such  occurrence  shall
have been  remedied  and (y) in the event of the  refusal  or  inability  of the
Master Servicer to comply with its obligations  described in clause (vii) above,
such removal shall be effective  (without the  requirement  of any action on the
part of the Sponsor,  the Seller,  the Trustee or the Certificate  Insurer) at 4
p.m. (New York City time) on the second  business day following the day on which
the Trustee  notifies the Master  Servicer that a required  amount  described in
clause  (vii) above has not been  received by the  Trustee,  unless the required
amount  described in clause (vii) above is paid by the Master  Servicer prior to
such time. Upon the Trustee's  determination that a required amount described in
clause (vii) above has not been made by the Master  Servicer,  the Trustee shall
so notify the  Master  Servicer,  the  Sponsor,  the Seller and the  Certificate
Insurer as soon as is reasonably practical.

        The Master  Servicer  may not  resign  from the  obligations  and duties
imposed  on  it  under  the  Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreement,   except  upon
determination  that  its  duties  thereunder  are no  longer  permissible  under
applicable law or are in material  conflict by reason of applicable law with any
other  activities  carried on by it, the other activities of the Master Servicer
so causing such a conflict  being of a type and nature  carried on by the Master
Servicer  at  the  date  of  the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement.  Any  such
determination  permitting  the  resignation  of the  Master  Servicer  shall  be
evidenced  by an opinion of counsel to such effect  which shall be  delivered to
the Trustee, the Seller and the Certificate Insurer.






                                      S-56


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        No removal or resignation of the Master Servicer shall become  effective
until the  Trustee  or a  successor  servicer  shall  have  assumed  the  Master
Servicer's  responsibilities  and obligations in accordance with the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

SUCCESSOR MASTER SERVICER

        Upon removal or resignation of AFL as Master  Servicer under the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee (x) may solicit bids for a successor Master
Servicer  under  the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  and (y)  pending  the
appointment  of a successor  Master  Servicer  under the  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement,  as a result of soliciting  such bids, is required to serve as Master
Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  unless AFL has been removed
without  cause,  in which  event  the  Trustee  prior to any such  removal  must
designate a successor Master Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement
acceptable to the Certificate  Insurer. The Trustee, if it is unable to obtain a
qualifying bid and is prevented by law from acting as Master  Servicer under the
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  may appoint, or petition a court of competent
jurisdiction  to  appoint,  any housing and home  finance  institution,  bank or
mortgage  servicing  institution  which  has  been  designated  as  an  approved
seller-servicer  by FNMA or FHLMC for first and second mortgage loans and having
equity of not less than $15,000,000,  as determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and acceptable to the Certificate Insurer.

        The Trustee,  or any other successor Master Servicer,  upon assuming the
duties of the Master  Servicer,  is required  immediately to make payment of all
Compensating Interest and all Delinquency Advances which the Master Servicer has
theretofore  failed to remit  with  respect  to the  Mortgage  Loans;  provided,
however, that if the Trustee is acting as successor Master Servicer, the Trustee
is only  required  to  make  Delinquency  Advances  (including  the  Delinquency
Advances described in this sentence) if, in the Trustee's  reasonable good faith
judgment,  such  Delinquency  Advances will  ultimately be recoverable  from the
related Mortgage Loans.

INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

        All or a portion of the Principal and Interest Account,  the Certificate
Account  and any other  account  which may be  created  by the  Trustee,  may be
invested and reinvested in one or more Eligible  Investments bearing interest or
sold at a discount. The bank serving as Trustee or any affiliate thereof, may be
the obligor on any  investment  in any Account which  otherwise  qualifies as an
Eligible Investment. No investment in any Account held by the Trustee may mature
later than the business day immediately  preceding the next  succeeding  Payment
Date;  provided,  however,  that if the  investment is an investment of the bank
serving as Trustee, then it may mature on the Payment Date.

        The  Trustee  will  not in any  way be  held  liable  by  reason  of any
insufficiency in any Account resulting from any loss on any Eligible  Investment
included  therein  (except to the extent that the bank serving as Trustee is the
obligor thereon).

        All  income  or other  gain  from  investments  in any  Account  will be
required to be deposited in such Account immediately upon receipt,  and any loss
resulting from such investments will be required to be charged to such Account.

ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS

        The  Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement defines the following as Eligible
Investments:

               (a)  Direct  general  obligations  of the  United  States  or the
        obligations of any agency or  instrumentality  of the United States, the
        timely  payment or the  guarantee of which  constitutes a full faith and
        credit obligation of the United States.

               (b) Federal Housing Administration  debentures, but excluding any
        such securities whose terms do not provide for payment of a fixed dollar
        amount upon maturity or call for redemption.





                                      S-57


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




               (c)  FHLMC  senior  debt  obligations,  but  excluding  any  such
        securities  whose terms do not  provide  for  payment of a fixed  dollar
        amount upon maturity or call for redemption.

               (d)  FNMA  senior  debt  obligations,   but  excluding  any  such
        securities  whose terms do not  provide  for  payment of a fixed  dollar
        amount upon maturity or call for redemption.

               (e)  Federal  funds,  certificates  of  deposit,  time and demand
        deposits,  and bankers'  acceptances  (having original maturities of not
        more  than  365  days)  of  any  domestic  bank,  the  short-term   debt
        obligations  of which  have  been  rated A-1 or better by S&P and P-1 by
        Moody's.

               (f)  Deposits of any bank or savings and loan  association  which
        has  combined  capital,  surplus  and  undivided  profits  of  at  least
        $50,000,000  which deposits are not in excess of the  applicable  limits
        insured by the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association  Insurance
        Fund of the FDIC,  provided that the long-term  deposits of such bank or
        savings and loan  association are rated at least "BBB" by S&P and "Baa3"
        by Moody's.

               (g) Commercial paper (having original maturities of not more than
        270 days) rated A-1 or better by S&P and P-1 by Moody's.

               (h) Investments in money market funds rated AAAm or AAAm-G by S&P
        and Aaa or P-1 by Moody's.

               (i) Such other  investments  as have been  approved in writing by
        S&P, Moody's and the Certificate Insurer.

        provided  that no  instrument  described  above is permitted to evidence
either the right to  receive  (a) only  interest  with  respect  to  obligations
underlying such instrument or (b) both principal and interest  payments  derived
from  obligations  underlying  such  instrument  and the interest and  principal
payments  with  respect to such  instrument  provided a yield to maturity at par
greater than 120% of the yield to maturity at par of the underlying obligations;
and provided,  further, that no instrument described above may be purchased at a
price  greater than par if such  instrument  may be prepaid or called at a price
less than its purchase price prior to stated maturity.

AMENDMENTS

        The Trustee, the Master Servicer,  the Sponsor and the Seller may at any
time and from time to time,  with the prior written  consent of the  Certificate
Insurer but without the consent of the Owners,  amend the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement,  for the  purposes  of (a) curing any  ambiguity,  or  correcting  or
supplementing any provision of any such agreement which may be inconsistent with
any other  provision  of such  agreement,  (b) if  accompanied  by an  approving
opinion of counsel  experienced  in federal  income tax  matters,  removing  the
restriction  against the transfer of a Residual  Certificate  to a  Disqualified
Organization  (as such term is  defined in the Code) or (c)  complying  with the
requirements  of the Code;  provided,  however,  that such action  shall not, as
evidenced  by an opinion of counsel  delivered to the  Trustee,  materially  and
adversely  affect the interests of any Owner or materially and adversely  affect
(without  its  written  consent)  the rights and  interests  of the  Certificate
Insurer.

        The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement may also be amended by the Trustee,
the Master Servicer, the Sponsor and the Seller, as applicable,  at any time and
from time to time, with the prior written  approval of the  Certificate  Insurer
and of not less  than 66 2/3% of the  Percentage  Interest  represented  by each
affected Class of Certificates then  outstanding,  for the purpose of adding any
provisions  or  changing  in any  manner or  eliminating  any of the  provisions
thereof or of  modifying  in any  manner  the  rights of the Owners  thereunder;
provided,  however,  that no such  amendment  shall (a) change in any manner the
amount of, or delay the timing of, payments which are required to be distributed
to any Owner without the consent of the Owner of such  Certificate or (b) change
the aforesaid  percentages of Percentage  Interest which are required to consent
to any





                                      S-58


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



such  amendments,  without the consent of the Owners of all  Certificates of the
Class  or  Classes  affected  then  outstanding.  Any  such  amendment  must  be
accompanied by an opinion of tax counsel as to REMIC matters.

        The Trustee will be required to furnish a copy of any such  amendment to
each Owner in the manner set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

TERMINATION OF THE TRUST

        The  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  provides  that the  Trust  will
terminate upon the payment to the Owners of all Certificates  from amounts other
than those available under the Certificate Insurance Policy all amounts required
to be paid to such Owners upon the final payment and other  liquidation  (or any
advance made with respect thereto) of the last Mortgage Loan.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION BY THE SELLER

        At its option, the Seller may purchase from the Trust all (but not fewer
than all) remaining Mortgage Loans and other property,  acquired by foreclosure,
deed in lieu of foreclosure,  or otherwise,  then constituting the Trust Estate,
and thereby  effect early  retirement of the  Certificates,  on any Payment Date
when the Pool  Principal  Balance  has  declined  to ten  percent or less of the
Original Pool Principal Balance.

        The termination of the Trust by the preceding  method is equivalent to a
prepayment of all the Mortgage Loans and a liquidation of the Trust.  The Owners
of the Class A Certificates would receive from the proceeds of such purchase any
interest  owed and the  Owners of the Class A  Certificates  would  receive  any
principal not yet paid, in the order of priority set forth under "Description of
Certificates  --  Distributions  on  Class  A  Certificates".   Consequently,  a
termination  of the Trust pursuant to the preceding  methods,  if purchased at a
price  in  excess  of  par,  reduces  the  yield  to  maturity  on the  Class  A
Certificates.

AUCTION SALE; STEP UP ON CLASS A-5 PASS-THROUGH RATE

        The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  requires that,  within ninety days
following the Seller Optional  Termination Date, if the Seller has not exercised
its optional  termination  right by such date, the Trustee  solicit bids for the
purchase  of all  Mortgage  Loans  remaining  in the  Trust.  In the event  that
satisfactory  bids are  received  as  described  in the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement,  the net sale proceeds will be distributed to Certificateholders,  in
the same order of priority as  collections  received in respect of the  Mortgage
Loans. If satisfactory bids are not received,  the Trustee shall decline to sell
the Mortgage  Loans and shall not be under any obligation to solicit any further
bids or otherwise  negotiate any further sale of the Mortgage  Loans.  Such sale
and  consequent   termination   of  the  Trust  must   constitute  a  "qualified
liquidation"  of each REMIC  established  by the Trust under Section 860F of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  including,  without limitation,  the
requirement  that the  qualified  liquidation  takes  place over a period not to
exceed 90 days.

        If the  Auction  Sale has not  occurred  by the 90th day  following  the
Seller Optional Termination Date, the Class A-5 Pass Through Rate will be 8.350%
for each  Payment  Date  occurring  after  such  90th day.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  on no Payment Date will the Class A-5  Pass-Through  Rate be greater
than the Group I Available Funds Pass-Through Rate.

                                   THE TRUSTEE

        Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National  Association  will  serve as  trustee of the  Trust.  The  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement  sets forth  provisions  regarding the Trustee,  certain of
which are described below.






                                      S-59


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



CERTAIN COVENANTS OF THE TRUSTEE

        WITHHOLDING.  The Trustee is required to comply with all requirements of
the Code or any  applicable  state or local law with respect to the  withholding
from any  distributions  made by it to any Owner of any  applicable  withholding
taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting  requirements
in connection therewith.

        UNCLAIMED MONEYS. Any money held by the Trustee in trust for the payment
of any  amount  due  with  respect  to any  Class A  Certificate  and  remaining
unclaimed for the period then  specified in the escheat laws of the State of New
York after such amount has become due and payable will be  discharged  from such
trust and be paid to the Seller, and the Owner of such Class A Certificate shall
thereafter,  as an  unsecured  general  creditor,  look only to the  Seller  for
payment  thereof  (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Seller),
and all liability of the Trustee with respect to such trust money will thereupon
cease;  provided,  however, that the Trustee,  before being required to make any
such  payment,  may at the expense of the Seller cause to be published  once, in
the eastern edition of The Wall Street  Journal,  notice that such money remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall be not less than
30 days from the date of such  publication,  any unclaimed balance of such money
then  remaining  will be paid to the  Seller.  The  Trustee  may also  adopt and
employ, at the expense of the Seller, any other reasonable means of notification
of such payment  (including but not limited to mailing notice of such payment to
Owners  whose  right to or interest in moneys due and payable but not claimed is
determinable  from the  Register  at the last  address  of record  for each such
Owner).

        PROTECTION OF TRUST ESTATE. The trust estate (the "Trust Estate") of the
Trust primarily  consists of (i) the Mortgage Loans, (ii) all moneys held in the
Accounts and (iii) the Certificate  Insurance Policy. The Trustee is required to
hold the Trust  Estate in Trust for the benefit of the Owners and,  upon request
of and at the expense of the Sponsor and at the expense of the requesting party,
will from time to time execute and deliver all such  supplements  and amendments
to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  instruments  of further  assurance and
other instruments, and will take such other action upon such request as it deems
reasonably necessary or advisable,  to more effectively hold in trust all or any
portion of the Trust Estate.

        The  Trustee  has the power to  enforce,  and is required to enforce the
obligations  of the other  parties to the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  by
action,  suit or proceeding at law or equity,  and also has the power to enjoin,
by action or suit, any acts or occurrences which may be unlawful or in violation
of the rights of the Owners; provided,  however, that nothing in the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement requires any action by the Trustee unless the Trustee shall
first  (i) have  been  furnished  indemnity  satisfactory  to it and  (ii)  when
required by the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  have been  requested to take
such action by the Owners.

        PERFORMANCE AND  ENFORCEMENT OF  OBLIGATIONS.  The Pooling and Servicing
Agreement  provides  that the Trustee is under no  obligation to exercise any of
the rights or powers vested in it by the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement at the
request or direction of any of the Owners, unless such Owners shall have offered
to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs,  expenses and
liabilities  which might be incurred by it in  compliance  with such  request or
direction.

        The  Trustee  may  execute  any of the  rights or powers  granted by the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or perform any duties thereunder either directly
or by or through  agents or attorneys,  and the Trustee is  responsible  for any
misconduct  or  negligence  on the part of any agent or attorney  appointed  and
supervised with due care by it thereunder.

        Pursuant  to the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Trustee is not
liable  for any  action  it  takes  or  omits  to take in good  faith  which  it
reasonably  believes to be authorized by an authorized  officer of any person or
within its rights or powers under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that no Owner has any right
to institute any proceeding,  judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement or the Certificate





                                      S-60


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Insurance  Policy,  or for the  appointment  of a receiver or trustee  under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, unless:

               (1)  such  Owner  has  previously  given  written  notice  to the
        Sponsor,  the  Certificate  Insurer  and the  Trustee  of  such  Owner's
        intention to institute such proceeding;

               (2) the Owners of not less than 25% of the  Percentage  Interests
        represented by any Class of Class A Certificates then outstanding or, if
        there are no Class A Certificates then  outstanding,  by such Percentage
        Interest represented by the Class B Certificates then outstanding, shall
        have made written request to the Trustee to institute such proceeding in
        its own name as representative of the Owners;

               (3) such Owner or Owners have  offered to the Trustee  reasonable
        indemnity against the costs,  expenses and liabilities to be incurred in
        compliance with such request;

               (4) the  Trustee  for 30 days after its  receipt of such  notice,
        request and offer of indemnity, has failed to institute such proceeding;
        and

               (5) no direction  inconsistent with such written request has been
        given to the  Trustee  during  such  60-day  period  by the  Owners of a
        majority of the Percentage Interests  represented by each Class of Class
        A Certificates then outstanding or, if there are no Class A Certificates
        then outstanding,  by a majority of the Percentage Interests represented
        by the Class B Certificates then outstanding.

        The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement provides that no one or more Owners
shall  have any  right in any  manner  whatever  by virtue  of,  or by  availing
themselves  of, any provision of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement to affect,
disturb  or  prejudice  the  rights of any other  Owner of the same  Class or to
obtain or to seek to obtain  priority or preference  over any other Owner of the
same Class or to enforce any right under the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,
except in the manner  herein  provided and for the equal and ratable  benefit of
all the Owners of the same Class.

        In the event the Trustee receives  conflicting or inconsistent  requests
and indemnity from two or more groups of Owners,  each  representing less than a
majority of the applicable Class of  Certificates,  the Trustee shall follow the
directions of the Certificate Insurer.

        The Certificate Insurer or, with the consent of the Certificate Insurer,
the Owners of a majority of the Percentage  Interests  represented by each Class
of  Class  A  Certificates  then  outstanding  or,  if  there  are  no  Class  A
Certificates  then  outstanding,  by such majority of the  Percentage  Interests
represented by the Class B Certificates then  outstanding,  may direct the time,
method and place of conducting any  proceeding  for any remedy  available to the
Trustee  with  respect  to the  Certificates  or  exercising  any trust or power
conferred on the Trustee with  respect to the  Certificates  or the Trust Estate
provided  that:  (1) such  direction is not in conflict  with any rule of law or
with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; (2) the Trustee has been provided with
indemnity  satisfactory  to it; and (3) the  Trustee  may take any other  action
deemed  proper by the Trustee  which is not  inconsistent  with such  direction;
provided, however, that the Trustee need not take any action which it determines
might involve it in liability or may be unjustly  prejudicial  to the Owners not
so directing.

        DISPOSITION  OF TRUST  ESTATE.  The Trustee  covenants not to permit the
Trust to sell,  transfer,  exchange  or  otherwise  dispose  of any of the Trust
Estate except as expressly permitted by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.  On each Payment Date the Trustee is required to
report in writing to each Owner: (i) the amount of the distribution with respect
to the  Class  A  Certificates,  the  Class  B  Certificates  and  the  Residual
Certificates;  (ii) the amount of such  distributions  allocable  to  principal,
separately  identifying  the  aggregate  amount  of  any  Prepayments  or  other
recoveries of principal included therein; (iii) the amount of such distributions
allocable to interest;  (iv) the amount of such  distributions  allocable to the
Class A Carry-Forward Amount or the Class B Carry-Forward Amount; (v) the amount
of any Insured Payment made with respect to





                                      S-61


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



such Payment Date;  (vi) the Class A Principal  Balance as of such Payment Date,
together  with the  principal  amount of each  Class A  Certificate  (based on a
Certificate in the original  principal  amount of $1,000) then  outstanding,  in
each case after giving  effect to any payment of principal on such Payment Date;
(vii) the Class B Principal  Balance as of such Payment Date,  together with the
principal  amount of each Class B  Certificate  (based on a  Certificate  in the
original principal amount of $1,000) then outstanding, in each case after giving
effect to any payment of principal on such Payment Date; (viii) the total of any
Substitution Amounts and any Loan Purchase Prices included in such distribution;
(ix) the amount of the Servicing Fee paid with respect to such Payment Date; and
(x) the Subordinated Amount as of such Payment Date.


REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE FOR CAUSE

        The Trustee may be removed upon the  occurrence  of any of the following
events  (whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or
involuntary  or be effected  by  operation  of law or pursuant to any  judgment,
decree  or  order  of  any  court  or  any  order,  rule  or  regulation  of any
administrative or governmental body):

               (1) the Trustee shall fail to  distribute to the Owners  entitled
        thereto on any  Payment  Date  amounts  available  for  distribution  in
        accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; or

               (2) the Trustee shall fail in the performance of, or breach,  any
        covenant  or  agreement  of the  Trustee in the  Pooling  and  Servicing
        Agreement,  or if any  representation or warranty of the Trustee made in
        the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  or in any  certificate  or other
        writing  delivered  pursuant  thereto or in connection  therewith  shall
        prove to be incorrect  in any  material  respect as of the time when the
        same shall have been made,  and such failure or breach shall continue or
        not be cured for a period of 30 days after, there shall have been given,
        by registered or certified mail, to the Trustee by the Sponsor or by the
        Certificate  Insurer or by the  Owners of at least 25% of the  aggregate
        Percentage  Interest  represented  by any Class of Class A  Certificates
        then  outstanding,  or,  if  there  are no  Class  A  Certificates  then
        outstanding,  by such  Percentage  Interest  represented  by the Class B
        Certificates then outstanding,  a written notice specifying such failure
        or breach and requiring it to be remedied; or

               (3)  certain insolvency events related to the Trustee.

        If any event described above occurs and is continuing, then and in every
such case (x) the Sponsor or the Certificate  Insurer or (y) with the consent of
the  Certificate   Insurer,   the  Owners  of  a  majority  Percentage  Interest
represented  by any  Class of Class A  Certificates  or, if there are no Class A
Certificates then outstanding,  by such Percentage  Interest  represented by the
Class B  Certificates  then  outstanding,  may  immediately  appoint a successor
trustee.

LIABILITY OF THE TRUSTEE

        The Trustee,  prior to the  occurrence  of an Event of Default and after
the curing of all  Events of  Default  which may have  occurred,  undertakes  to
perform  such duties and only such duties as are  specifically  set forth in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. If an Event of Default has occurred and has not
been cured or waived,  the Trustee shall  exercise such of the rights and powers
vested in it by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  and use the same degree of
care and skill in its exercise as a prudent  person would  exercise or use under
the  circumstances  in the conduct of such  person's own  affairs.  Prior to the
occurrence  of an Event of  Default,  and after the curing of all such Events of
Default  which may have  occurred,  the Trustee (i)  undertakes  to perform such
duties and only such  duties as are  specifically  set forth in the  Pooling and
Servicing Agreement,  and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into
the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement against the Trustee and (ii) in the absence
of bad  faith  on its  part,  may  conclusively  rely,  as to the  truth  of the
statements  and  the  correctness  of  the  opinions  expressed  therein,   upon
certificates or opinions





                                      S-62


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



furnished  pursuant to and  conforming  to the  requirements  of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement;  provided, however, that such provisions do not protect the
Trustee or any such  person  against any  liability  which  would  otherwise  be
imposed  by reason of  negligent  action,  negligent  failure  to act or willful
misconduct in the  performance  of duties or by reason of reckless  disregard of
obligations and duties thereunder.

        The Trustee and any director,  officer, employee or agent of the Trustee
may rely and will be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith
in reliance on any certificate, notice or other document of any kind prima facie
properly  executed  and  submitted  by the  authorized  officer  of  any  person
respecting any matters arising under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.


          THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICY AND THE CERTIFICATE INSURER

GENERAL

        Financial  Guaranty  Insurance  Company,  as  the  Certificate  Insurer,
considers its role in providing  insurance to be credit  enhancement rather than
credit  substitution.  The Certificate  Insurer only insures  securities that it
considers to be of investment  grade  quality.  With respect to each category of
obligations  considered for insurance,  the Certificate  Insurer has established
and maintains its own underwriting  standards that are based on those aspects of
credit quality that the Certificate Insurer deems important for the category and
that take into account criteria  established for the category  typically used by
rating agencies.  Credit criteria for evaluating securities include economic and
social   trends,   debt   management,   financial   management   and  legal  and
administrative  factors,  the adequacy of anticipated  cash flow,  including the
historical and expected  performance of assets pledged for payment of securities
under  varying  economic  scenarios,  underlying  levels of  protection  such as
insurance or  overcollateralization,  and, particularly in the case of long-term
municipal securities, the importance of the project being financed.

        The Certificate  Insurer also reviews the security features and reserves
created  by the  financing  documentation,  as well as the  financial  and other
covenants  imposed  upon the  credit  backing  the  issue.  In  connection  with
underwriting  new issues,  the  Certificate  Insurer  sometimes  requires,  as a
condition  to  insuring  an  issue,  that  collateral  be  pledged  or,  in some
instances,  that a  third-party  guarantee be provided for a term of the insured
obligation by a party of  acceptable  credit  quality  obligated to make payment
prior to any payment by the Certificate Insurer.

        Insurance written by the Certificate Insurer insures the full and timely
payment of debt service on the insured debt  securities  and scheduled  payments
due in respect of pass-through  securities such as the Class A Certificates.  If
the issuer of a security  insured by the  Certificate  Insurer  defaults  on its
obligations to pay such debt service or, in the case of a pass-through security,
available  funds are  insufficient to pay the insured  amounts,  the Certificate
Insurer will make scheduled insured payments, without regard to any acceleration
of the securities which may have occurred,  and will be subrogated to the rights
of security holders to the extent of its payments.  The claims paying ability of
the  Certificate  Insurer is rated Aaa,  AAA and AAA by Moody's,  S&P and Fitch,
respectively.

        In  consideration  for issuing its insurance,  the  Certificate  Insurer
receives a premium  which is generally  paid in full upon issuance of the policy
or on an annual,  semi-annual or monthly basis. The premium rates charged depend
principally  on  the  credit  strength  of  the  securities  as  judged  by  the
Certificate  Insurer according to its internal credit rating system and the type
of issue.

        The  Certificate  Insurer,  a New York  stock  insurance  company,  is a
monoline  financial  guaranty  insurance company which,  since January 1984, has
been a leading  insurer of bonds issued by municipal  governmental  subdivisions
and  agencies  thereof.  The  Certificate  Insurer  also  insures a  variety  of
non-municipal structured debt obligations. The Certificate Insurer is authorized
to write  insurance  in 50  states  and the  District  of  Columbia  and is also
authorized to carry on general  insurance  business in the United Kingdom and to
write





                                      S-63


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



credit and guaranty insurance in France.  The Certificate  Insurer is subject to
regulation by the State of New York Insurance Department.

        The   Certificate   Insurer  is  a   wholly-owned   subsidiary  of  FGIC
Corporation,  a Delaware  holding  company.  FGIC Corporation is a subsidiary of
General  Electric Capital  Corporation ("GE Capital").  Neither FGIC Corporation
nor GE Capital is obligated to pay the debts of or the claims of the Certificate
Insurer.

        The Certificate Insurer and its holding company,  FGIC Corporation,  are
subject to regulation by each  jurisdiction in which the Certificate  Insurer is
licensed  to write  insurance.  These  regulations  vary  from  jurisdiction  to
jurisdiction,  but  generally  require  insurance  holding  companies  and their
insurance   subsidiaries  to  register  and  file  certain  reports,   including
information   concerning  their  capital  structure,   ownership  and  financial
condition and require prior approval by the insurance  department of their state
of  domicile,  of changes in  control,  of  dividends  and other  intercorporate
transfers  of assets and of  transactions  between  insurance  companies,  their
parents and affiliates.  The  Certificate  Insurer is required to file quarterly
and  annual  statutory   financial   statements  and  is  subject  to  statutory
restrictions concerning the types and quality of investments,  the use of policy
forms,  premium  rates  and the  size of risk  that it may  insure,  subject  to
reinsurance.  Additionally,  the  Certificate  Insurer is  subject to  triennial
audits by the State of New York Insurance Department.

        As of June 30, 1996, December 31, 1995 and 1994, the Certificate Insurer
had  written   directly,   or  assumed   through   reinsurance,   guaranties  of
approximately  $190.7  billion,  $180.0  billion and $160.2 billion par value of
securities,  respectively (of which  approximately 87 percent, 88 percent and 89
percent  constituted  guaranties of municipal bonds), for which it had collected
gross premiums of approximately $1.99 billion,  $1.95 billion and $1.78 billion,
respectively.  As of June  30,  1996,  the  Certificate  Insurer  had  reinsured
approximately  18 percent of the risks it had written,  36 percent through quota
share reinsurance and 64 percent through facultative arrangements.

CAPITALIZATION

        The following  table sets forth the  capitalization  of the  Certificate
Insurer  as of  December  31,  1994,  December  31,  1995  and  June  30,  1996,
respectively,  on the basis of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  No
material  adverse change in the  capitalization  of the Certificate  Insurer has
occurred since June 30, 1996.


                                      S-64

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30,
                                                       1994            1995           1996
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                                   -------------   ------------   ------------
                                                   (IN MILLIONS)   (IN MILLIONS)  (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>                <C> 
Unearned Premiums.................................. $   757         $   728            $698
 
Other Liabilities..................................     261             304             276

Stockholder's Equity

   Common Stock....................................      15              15              15

   Additional Paid-in Capital......................     334             334             334

   Net Unrealized Gains/(Losses)...................     (42)              64             (6)

   Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment.........      (1)             (2)             (2)

   Retained Earnings...............................     974           1,137           1,229
                                                     ------          ------          ------
Total Stockholder's Equity.........................   1,280           1,548           1,570
                                                     ------          ------          ------
Total Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity.........  $2,298          $2,580          $2,544
                                                     ======          ======          ======
</TABLE>


        For further financial  information  concerning the Certificate  Insurer,
see the audited  financial  statements of the  Certificate  Insurer  included as
Appendix A and the unaudited  financial  statements of the  Certificate  Insurer
included as Appendix B.

        Copies of the  Certificate  Insurer's  quarterly  and  annual  statutory
statements  filed  by the  Certificate  Insurer  with  the  New  York  Insurance
Department are available upon request to Financial  Guaranty  Insurance Company,
115 Broadway,  New York,  New York 10006,  Attention:  Corporate  Communications
Department. The Certificate Insurer's telephone number is (212) 312-3000.

        The  Certificate  Insurer  does not  accept any  responsibility  for the
accuracy or  completeness  of this  Prospectus or any  information or disclosure
contained herein,  or omitted herefrom,  other than with respect to the accuracy
of information  regarding the Certificate Insurer and the Certificate  Insurance
Policy set forth under the heading  "The  Certificate  Insurance  Policy and The
Certificate Insurer" and in Appendix A and Appendix B.

        An indemnification agreement among the Certificate Insurer, the Sponsor,
the  Seller  and the  Underwriters  provides  that each of the  parties  to such
agreement will indemnify each other for certain liabilities under the 1933 Act.

THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICY

        The Seller will obtain the Certificate  Insurance Policy,  issued by the
Certificate  Insurer,  in favor of the Owners of the Class A  Certificates.  The
Certificate  Insurance  Policy provides for 100% coverage of the related Insured
Distribution Amount.

        The Certificate Insurance Policy unconditionally  guarantees the payment
of Insured  Payments on the Class A  Certificates.  The  Certificate  Insurer is
required to make Insured Payments to the Trustee as paying agent on the later of
the Payment  Date or on the  business  day next  following  the day on which the
Certificate





                                      S-65


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Insurer  shall have  received  telephonic or  telegraphic  notice,  subsequently
confirmed in writing,  or written notice by registered or certified  mail,  from
the Trustee that an Insured Payment is due.

        The Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  will provide that the term "Total
Available  Funds" does not  include  Insured  Payments  and does not include any
amounts that cannot be distributed to the Owners of any Class A Certificates  by
the Trustee as a result of final,  non-appealable  proceedings  under the United
States Bankruptcy Code.

        Each Owner of a Class A Certificate  which pays to the bankruptcy  court
as a "voidable  preference"  under the United States Bankruptcy Code any amounts
("Preference  Amounts")  theretofore  received  by such Owner on account of such
Class A Certificate will be entitled to receive  reimbursement  for such amounts
from the  Certificate  Insurer,  but only  after  (i)  delivering  a copy to the
Trustee of a final, nonappealable order (a "Preference Order") of a court having
competent  jurisdiction demanding payment of such amount to the bankruptcy court
and (ii) assigning such Owner's claim with respect to such  Preference  Order to
the Certificate Insurer. In no event shall the Certificate Insurer pay more than
one Insured Payment in respect of any Preference Amount.

        The Certificate Insurance Policy is non-cancelable.

        THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICY IS NOT COVERED BY THE PROPERTY/CASUALTY
INSURANCE SECURITY FUND SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW.

        The Certificate  Insurer's  obligation  under the Certificate  Insurance
Policy will be  discharged  to the extent that funds are received by the Trustee
for  distribution to the Class A  Certificateholders,  whether or not such funds
are properly distributed by the Trustee.

        The Certificate Insurance Policy does not guarantee to the owners of the
Class A  Certificates  any  specific  rate of  prepayments  of  principal of the
Mortgage Loans.  Also, the Certificate  Insurance  Policy does not guarantee the
payment of any Supplemental Interest Amount.

        Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Certificate Insurer
is  subrogated  to the rights of the Owners of the Class A  Certificates  to the
extent of any such payment under the Certificate Insurance Policy.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT DOES NOT APPLY TO PREPAYMENT RISK

        In general, the protection afforded by the Certificate  Insurance Policy
is protection  for credit risk and not for  prepayment  risk. A claim may not be
made under the Certificate Insurance Policy in an attempt to guarantee or insure
that any particular rate of prepayment is experienced by the Trust.


                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

        The following  general  discussion of the material  anticipated  federal
income tax consequences of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of the Class
A Certificates  is to be considered  only in connection with "Federal Income Tax
Consequences" in the Prospectus.  The discussion herein and in the Prospectus is
based upon laws, regulations,  rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which
are  subject to change.  The  discussion  below and in the  Prospectus  does not
purport to deal with all federal tax  consequences  applicable to all categories
of investors,  some of which may be subject to special rules.  Investors  should
consult their own tax advisors in determining the federal,  state, local and any
other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the
Class A Certificates.






                                      S-66


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



REMIC ELECTION

        The Trustee will cause one or more elections to be made to treat certain
assets of the  Trust as one or more real  estate  mortgage  investment  conduits
("REMICs")  within the meaning of Code Section 860D. Dewey  Ballantine,  special
tax counsel,  will advise that, in its opinion, for federal income tax purposes,
assuming  the REMIC  elections  are made and  compliance  with the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement,  each Class of Class A  Certificates  will be treated as a
"regular  interest"  in a  REMIC.  For  federal  income  tax  purposes,  regular
interests in a REMIC are treated as debt instruments  issued by the REMIC on the
date on which those interests are created, and not as ownership interests in the
REMIC or its assets.  Owners of REMIC  Certificates that otherwise report income
under a cash method of accounting will be required to report income with respect
to such Certificates under an accrual method.

        The Class A Certificates  may be issued with "original  issue  discount"
for federal income tax purposes.  The prepayment assumption that will be used in
determining  the rate of  accrual  of  original  issue  discount  on the Class A
Certificates is the Prepayment Assumption.  See "Maturity,  Prepayment and Yield
Considerations" herein and "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations - Discount
and Premium" in the Prospectus.

TAXATION OF THE CLASS A-6 GROUP II CERTIFICATES

        The Owners of Class A-6 Group II Certificates  and the related rights to
receive Supplemental Interest Amounts will be treated for tax purposes as owning
two separate investments:  (i) Class A-6 Group II Certificates without the right
to receive  Supplemental  Interest  Amounts  and (ii) the right to  receive  the
Supplemental  Interest  Amounts.  The Owners of Class A-6 Group II  Certificates
must  allocate  the  purchase  price of their  Certificates  between  these  two
investments  based on their  relative  fair market  values.  The purchase  price
allocated to the first investment will be the issue price of the Class A-6 Group
II Certificates  for calculating  accruals of OID (if any). See "Certain Federal
Income Tax Considerations--Original Issue Discount" in the Prospectus.

        An Owner of a Class A-6 Group II  Certificate  and the related rights to
receive  Supplemental  Interest  Amounts will be treated for federal  income tax
purposes as having entered into a notional  principal  contract on the date that
it purchases  its  Certificate.  Treasury  Regulations  under Section 446 of the
Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") relating to notional principal contracts (the
"Notional Principal Contract Regulations") provide that taxpayers must recognize
periodic  payments  with  respect to a  notional  principal  contract  under the
accrual method of accounting. Any Supplemental Interest Amounts will be periodic
payments.  Income with respect to periodic  payments under a notional  principal
contract  for a taxable year should  constitute  ordinary  income.  The purchase
price  allocated  to the right to  receive  the  related  Supplemental  Interest
Amounts will be treated as a nonperiodic  payment  under the Notional  Principal
Contract Regulations.  Such a nonperiodic payment may be amortized using several
methods,  including the level payment method described in the Notional Principal
Contract Regulations.

        The  right  to  receive  the  Supplemental  Interest  Amounts  will  not
constitute: (i) a "real estate asset" within the meaning of section 858(c)(5)(A)
of the  Code  if held  by a real  estate  investment  trust;  (ii) a  "qualified
mortgage"  within the meaning of section  860G(a)(3) of the Code or a "permitted
investment"  within the meaning of section  860G(a)(5)  of the Code if held by a
REMIC, or (iii) an asset described in section  7701(a)(19)(C)(xi) of the Code if
held by a thrift.  Moreover, other special rules may apply to certain investors,
including dealers in securities and dealers in notional principal contracts.

TAXATION OF FOREIGN INVESTORS

        In general, foreign investors will not be subject to U.S. withholding on
income  from  the  Class  A  Certificates.   See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax
Considerations - Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors" in the Prospectus.






                                      S-67


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

        The  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended
("ERISA"), imposes certain requirements on those employee benefit plans to which
it applies ("ERISA Plan") and on those persons who are fiduciaries  with respect
to such ERISA Plans.  Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans
(as  defined in ERISA  Section  3(32)) and certain  church  plans (as defined in
ERISA  Section  3(33)),  are not subject to ERISA.  In  accordance  with ERISA's
general fiduciary standards, before investing in a Class A Certificate, an ERISA
Plan fiduciary  should  determine  whether such an investment is permitted under
the governing  ERISA Plan  instruments  and is appropriate for the ERISA Plan in
view of its overall investment policy and the composition and diversification of
its portfolio.

        In addition,  provisions of ERISA, and the  corresponding  provisions of
the Code,  prohibit  a broad  range of  transactions  involving  assets of ERISA
Plans,  individual  retirement  accounts,  and Keogh plans  covering only a sole
proprietor or partners  (collectively,  the "Plans") and persons  having certain
specified  relationships to such a Plan ("parties in interest" and "disqualified
persons").  Such  transactions  are treated as "prohibited  transactions"  under
Sections  406 and 407 of ERISA and excise taxes are imposed upon such persons by
Section 4975 of the Code.  Certain  affiliates of the Originators,  the Sponsor,
the Seller, the Master Servicer,  any Sub-Servicer,  and of the Trustee might be
considered  "parties in interest" or  "disqualified  persons"  with respect to a
Plan. If so, the  acquisition or holding of Class A Certificates by or on behalf
of such Plan  could be  considered  to give rise to a  "prohibited  transaction"
within  the  meaning  of ERISA or the Code  unless an  exemption  is  available.
Furthermore, if an investing Plan's assets were deemed to include an interest in
the assets of the  Mortgage  Loans  which  constitute  the Trust  Estate and not
merely an interest in the Class A  Certificates,  transactions  occurring in the
servicing of the Mortgage Loans might constitute prohibited  transactions unless
an administrative exemption applies.

        The  DOL  has   issued  to   Prudential   Securities   Incorporated   an
administrative   exemption,   Prohibited   Transaction   Exemption   90-24  (the
"Exemption"),  which  generally  exempts from the  application of the prohibited
transaction   provisions  of  Section  406(a),  Section  406(b)(1)  and  Section
406(b)(2) of ERISA and the excise taxes imposed pursuant to Sections 4975(a) and
(b) of the Code, certain transactions relating to the servicing and operation of
asset pools,  including  pools of mortgage  loans,  and the  purchase,  sale and
holding  of  asset-backed  pass-through  certificates,   including  pass-through
certificates  evidencing  interests  in  mortgage  loans,  such  as the  Class A
Certificates  underwritten by Prudential Securities  Incorporated and certain of
its affiliates,  provided that certain conditions set forth in the Exemption are
satisfied.

        If the general  conditions of Section II of the Exemption are satisfied,
the Exemption may provide an exemption from the restrictions imposed by Sections
406(a)  and  407(a) of ERISA (as well as the excise  taxes  imposed by  Sections
4975(a)  and (b) of the Code by reason of Section  4975(c)(1)(A)  through (D) of
the Code) in connection  with the direct or indirect sale,  exchange or transfer
of Class A  Certificates  by Plans in the  initial  issue of  Certificates,  the
holding of Class A Certificates  by Plans or the direct or indirect  acquisition
or  disposition  in the  secondary  market  of Class A  Certificates  by  Plans.
However, no exemption is provided from the restrictions of Section 406(a)(1)(E),
406(a)(2)  and  407 of  ERISA  for  the  acquisition  or  holding  of a  Class A
Certificate on behalf of an "Excluded  Plan"  (defined  below) by any person who
has  discretionary  authority or renders  investment  advice with respect to the
assets of such  Excluded  Plan.  For  purposes of the Class A  Certificates,  an
Excluded  Plan is a Plan  sponsored  by (1)  the  Underwriters,  (2) the  Master
Servicer and any Sub- Servicer,  (3) the Certificate  Insurer,  (4) the Trustee,
(5) the  Sponsor,  (6) the Seller,  (7) any  Mortgagor  with respect to Mortgage
Loans  constituting more than 5 percent of the aggregate  unamortized  principal
balance of the  Mortgage  Loans as of the date of initial  issuance  and (8) any
affiliate  or  successor  of a  person  described  in  (1)  to  (7)  above  (the
"Restricted Group").

        If  the  specific  conditions  of  paragraph  I.B  of  Section  I of the
Exemption are also  satisfied,  the Exemption may provide an exemption  from the
restrictions  imposed by  Sections  406(b)(1)  and (b)(2) of ERISA and the taxes
imposed  by  Sections  4975(a)  and  (b)  of  the  Code  by  reason  of  Section
4975(c)(1)(E)  of the Code in connection  with (1) the direct or indirect  sale,
exchange or transfer of Class A Certificates in the initial  issuance of Class A
Certificates  between the Sponsor,  the Seller, the Underwriters and a Plan when
the person





                                      S-68


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



who has discretionary authority or renders investment advice with respect to the
investment  of Plan  assets  in Class A  Certificates  is (a) a  mortgagor  with
respect to 5 percent or less of the fair market value of the  Mortgage  Loans or
(b) an affiliate  of such a person,  (2) the direct or indirect  acquisition  or
disposition in the secondary market of Class A Certificates by Plans and (3) the
holding of Class A Certificates by Plans.

        If  the  specific  conditions  of  paragraph  I.C  of  Section  I of the
Exemption  are  satisfied,  the  Exemptions  may provide an  exemption  from the
restrictions  imposed by Sections  406(a),  406(b) and 407(a) of ERISA,  and the
taxes  imposed  by  Sections  4975(a)  and (b) of the Code by reason of  Section
4975(c)  of  the  Code  for  transactions  in  connection  with  the  servicing,
management and operation of the Trust.

        The Exemption may provide an exemption from the restrictions  imposed by
Section  406(a) and 407(a) of ERISA,  and the taxes imposed by Sections  4975(a)
and (b) of the Code by reason of Sections  4975(c)(1)(A) through (D) of the Code
if such  restrictions  are deemed to otherwise  apply merely because a person is
deemed to be a "party in interest" or a "disqualified person" with respect to an
investing  Plan by virtue  of  providing  services  to the Plan (or by virtue of
having certain  specified  relationships to such a person) solely as a result of
such Plan's ownership of Class A Certificates.

        The  Exemption set forth the following  seven general  conditions  which
must  be  satisfied  for a  transaction  to be  eligible  for  exemptive  relief
thereunder.

               (1) The  acquisition  of the  certificates  by a Plan is on terms
        (including  the  price  for  the  certificates)  that  are at  least  as
        favorable  to the Plan as they would be in an arm's  length  transaction
        with an unrelated party;

               (2)  The  rights  and  interests  evidenced  by the  certificates
        acquired by the Plan are not  subordinated  to the rights and  interests
        evidenced by other certificates of the trust;

               (3)  The certificates acquired by the Plan have received a rating
        at the time of such acquisition that is one of the three highest generic
        rating  categories  from either  Standard  & Poor's Corporation ("S&P"),
        Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. ("Moody's"), Duff & Phelps Rating Co.
        ("D&P") or Fitch Investors Service, Inc. ("Fitch");

               (4)  The trustee is  not an affiliate  of any other member of the
        Restricted Group (as defined above);

               (5)  The  sum  of  all  payments  made  to  and  retained  by the
        Underwriters  in  connection  with  the   distribution  of  certificates
        represents not more than reasonable  compensation  for  underwriting the
        certificates.  The sum of all  payments  made and retained by the seller
        pursuant to the assignment of the loans to the trust fund represents not
        more than the fair market  value of such loans.  The sum of all payments
        made to and retained by the servicer represents not more than reasonable
        compensation for such person's  services under the pooling and servicing
        agreement  and  reimbursement  of such person's  reasonable  expenses in
        connection therewith; and

               (6) The Plan  investing  in the  certificates  is an  "accredited
        investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Commission
        under the Securities Act of 1933.

               (7)  The trust fund must also meet the following requirements:

                      (i) the  corpus of the trust fund must  consist  solely of
               assets of the type that have been  included  in other  investment
               pools;

                      (ii) certificates in such other investment pools must have
               been rated in one of the three highest generic rating  categories
               of S&P, Moody's,  Fitch or D&P for at least one year prior to the
               Plan's acquisition of certificates; and





                                      S-69


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                      (iii)  certificates  evidencing  interests  in such  other
               investment pools must have been purchased by investors other than
               Plans for at least one year  prior to any Plan's  acquisition  of
               certificates.

        It is a condition of issuance of the Class A  Certificates  that they be
rated AAA or Aaa by S&P and Moody's,  respectively.  Before purchasing a Class A
Certificate, based on the Exemption, a fiduciary of a Plan should itself confirm
(1) that such  Certificate  constitutes  a  "certificate"  for  purposes  of the
Exemption  and (2) that the  specific  conditions  set forth in Section I of the
Exemption,  the general  conditions set forth in Section II of the Exemption and
the other requirements set forth in the Exemption would be satisfied.

        Any person  purchasing a Class A-6 Group II Certificate  and the related
right to receive  Supplemental  Interest Amounts will have acquired for purposes
of ERISA and for federal income tax purposes, such Class A-6 Certificate without
the right to receive the Supplemental Interest Amounts,  together with the right
to receive the Supplemental  Interest  Amounts.  The Exemption does not apply to
the  acquisition,  holding  or resale of the right to receive  the  Supplemental
Interest  Amounts.  Accordingly,  the  acquisition  of the right to receive  the
Supplemental Interest Amounts by a Plan could result in a prohibited transaction
unless another administrative  exemption to ERISA's prohibited transaction rules
is applicable.  One or more alternative exemptions may be available with respect
to certain prohibited  transaction rules of ERISA that might apply in connection
with the  initial  purchase,  holding  and  resale of the right to  receive  the
Supplemental  Interest  Amounts,  including,  but not limited to: (i) Prohibited
Transaction  Class  Exemption  ("PTCE")  91-38,  regarding  investments  by bank
collective  investment funds; (ii) PTCE 90-1, regarding investments by insurance
company  pooled  separate  accounts;  (iii) PTCE 84-14,  regarding  transactions
negotiated by qualified professional asset managers; or (iv) PTCE 75-1, Part II,
regarding principal transactions by broker-dealers (the "Principal  Transactions
Exemption").  It is believed that the  conditions of the Principal  Transactions
Exemption will be met with respect to the  acquisition of a right to receive the
Supplemental  Interest  Amounts by a Plan, so long as such  Underwriter is not a
fiduciary  with respect to the Plan (and is not a party in interest with respect
to the Plan by reason of being a participating  employer or affiliate  thereof).
Before  purchasing  Class A-6 Group II Certificates  based on an  administrative
exemption (or exemptions),  a fiduciary of a Plan should  determine  whether the
conditions of such exemption (or exemptions)  would be met and whether the scope
of the relief  provided by such exemption (or  exemptions)  would cover all acts
that might be construed as prohibited transactions.

        Prospective  Plan investors in the Class A  Certificates  should consult
with their  legal  advisors  concerning  the  impact of ERISA and the Code,  the
applicability of the Exemption, and the potential consequences in their specific
circumstances,  prior to  making  an  investment  in the  Class A  Certificates.
Moreover,  each Plan  fiduciary  should  determine  whether  under  the  general
fiduciary  standards of investment prudence and diversification an investment in
the Class A Certificates  is appropriate  for the Plan,  taking into account the
overall  investment  policy  of the  Plan  and  the  composition  of the  Plan's
investment portfolio.

        In addition  to the matters  described  above,  purchasers  of a Class A
Certificate that are insurance  companies should consult with their counsel with
respect to the United  States  Supreme  Court case  interpreting  the  fiduciary
responsibility  rules of ERISA, John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co. v. Harris
Trust and Savings Bank, 114 S.CT. 517 (1993). In John Hancock, the Supreme Court
ruled that assets held in an insurance  company's  general account may be deemed
to be "plan assets" for ERISA purposes under certain circumstances.  Prospective
purchasers  using  insurance  company  general  account assets should  determine
whether the  decision  affects  their  ability to make  purchases of the Class A
Certificates.

NON-ERISA PLANS

        Employee  benefit  plans  that are  governmental  plans (as  defined  in
Section 3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of
ERISA) are not subject to ERISA requirements.  Accordingly, assets of such plans
may be  invested  in the  Class  A  Certificates  without  regard  to the  ERISA
restrictions  described above, subject to applicable provisions of other federal
and state laws.






                                      S-70


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                                     RATINGS

        Ratings  which  are  assigned  to   securities   such  as  the  Class  A
Certificates  generally evaluate the ability of the issuer (i.e., the Trust) and
any guarantor (i.e.,  the Certificate  Insurer) to make timely payment when such
payments are due, as required by such  securities.  The amounts  which are "due"
with respect to the Class A Certificates  consist of principal and interest.  In
general, ratings address credit risk and not prepayment risk. The ratings issued
with respect to the Class A-6 Group II  Certificates do not cover the payment of
the Supplemental Interest Amounts.

        It is a condition of the original  issuance of the Class A  Certificates
that  they  receive  ratings  of AAA or Aaa by S&P  and  Moody's,  respectively.
Explanations of the significance of such rating may be obtained from such rating
agency. The ratings will be the views only of such rating agencies.  There is no
assurance  that any such  ratings  will  continue for any period of time or that
such ratings will not be revised or  withdrawn.  Any such revision or withdrawal
of such  ratings may have an adverse  effect on the market  price of the Class A
Certificates.  A security  rating is not a  recommendation  to buy, sell or hold
securities.


                         LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

        The  Class  A  Certificates   will  not  constitute   "mortgage  related
securities"  for purposes of the Secondary  Mortgage  Market  Enhancement Act of
1984 ("SMMEA").  Accordingly, many institutions may not be legally authorized to
invest in the Class A Certificates.


                                  UNDERWRITING

        Under  the  terms  and  subject  to  the  conditions   contained  in  an
Underwriting  Agreement  dated August 22, 1996 (the  "Underwriting  Agreement"),
Prudential  Securities  Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.  (together,
the "Underwriters") have agreed to purchase, and the Sponsor and the Seller have
agreed to sell, the Class A Certificates offered hereby.

        In the  Underwriting  Agreement,  each of the  Underwriters  has agreed,
subject  to the terms  and  conditions  set  forth  therein,  to  purchase,  the
principal amount of the Class A Certificates set forth opposite its name below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  UNDERWRITER                        PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF CLASS A CERTIFICATES
<S>                                                                     <C>         
Prudential Securities Incorporated.............                         $103,298,500
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.....................                          103,298,500
                                                                         -----------
     Total.....................................                         $206,597,000
</TABLE>



        The  Underwriters  have  advised  the  Sponsor  and the Seller that they
propose to offer the Class A  Certificates  for sale from time to time in one or
more  transactions  (which  may  include  block  transactions),   in  negotiated
transactions  or otherwise,  or a combination of such methods of sale, at market
prices prevailing at the time of sale or at negotiated  prices. The Underwriters
may effect such  transactions  by selling the Class A Certificates to or through
dealers,  and such dealers may receive  compensation in the form of underwriting
discounts,   concessions  or  commissions  from  the  Underwriters   and/or  the
purchasers  of the  Class A  Certificates  for whom they may act as  agents.  In
connection with the sale of the Class A Certificates,  the  Underwriters  may be
deemed to have received compensation from the Sponsor and the Seller in the form
of underwriting  discounts,  and the Underwriters  may also receive  commissions
from  purchasers of the Class A Certificates  for whom it may act as agent.  The
Underwriters  and any dealers  that  participate  with the  Underwriters  in the
distribution of the Class A Certificates may be deemed to be  underwriters,  and
any discounts or commissions





                                            S-71


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



received  by them and any  profit on the resale of the Class A  Certificates  by
them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts or commissions.

        The  Underwriting   Agreement  provides  that  the  obligations  of  the
Underwriters  are  subject  to  certain   conditions   precedent  and  that  the
Underwriters will be obligated to purchase all the Class A Certificates  offered
hereby if any are purchased.

        The  Class  A  Certificates  are a  new  issue  of  securities  with  no
established  trading market.  The Underwriters  have advised the Sponsor and the
Seller  that they intend to act as market  makers for the Class A  Certificates.
However,  the  Underwriters  are not obligated to do so and may  discontinue any
market  making at any time without  notice.  No assurance can be given as to the
liquidity of the trading market for the Class A Certificates.

        The Seller has agreed to  indemnify  each  Underwriter  against  certain
liabilities,  including civil  liabilities  under the Securities Act of 1933, or
contribute  to  payments  which  either  Underwriter  may be required to make in
respect thereof.


                                     EXPERTS

        The  financial  statements  of  Financial  Guaranty  Insurance  Company,
included in this  Prospectus  Supplement  in Appendix A and in the  registration
statement,  as of  December  31,  1995 and 1994 and for each of the years in the
three year period ended  December 31, 1995,  have been included in reliance upon
the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,  independent  certified public accountants,
appearing in Appendix A and the registration  statement,  and upon the authority
of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The report of KPMG Peat  Marwick  LLP  refers to  changes,  in 1993,  in
accounting  methods   for   multiple-year   retrospectively   rated  reinsurance
contracts,  and for the adoption of the  provisions of the Financial  Accounting
Standards  Board's  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  115,
"Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities."


                              CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Sponsor and the Seller
by James G. Ray,  Esq.,  counsel to the  Sponsor  and the  Seller.  Certain  tax
matters concerning the issuance of the Certificates will be passed upon by Dewey
Ballantine, New York, New York.





                                      S-72


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                     ANNEX I


          GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

        Except in certain  limited  circumstances,  the globally  offered Access
Financial   Mortgage  Loan  Trust  1996-3  Class  A  Certificates  (the  "Global
Securities") will be available only in book-entry form.  Investors in the Global
Securities  may  hold  such  Global  Securities  through  any of DTC,  CEDEL  or
Euroclear. The Global Securities will be tradeable as home market instruments in
both  the  European  and  U.S.  domestic  markets.  Initial settlement  and  all
secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.

        Secondary market trading between  investors  through CEDEL and Euroclear
will be conducted in the  ordinary way in  accordance  with the normal rules and
operating  procedures of CEDEL and Euroclear and in accordance with conventional
eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

        Secondary market trading between investors through DTC will be conducted
according  to DTC's  rules and  procedures  applicable  to U.S.  corporate  debt
obligations.

        Secondary  cross-market  trading  between  CEDEL  or  Euroclear  and DTC
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-payment
basis  through  the  respective  Depositories  of CEDEL and  Euroclear  (in such
capacity) and as DTC Participants.

        Non-U.S.  holders  (as  described  below) of Global  Securities  will be
subject to U.S.  withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements
and  deliver   appropriate  U.S.  tax  documents  to  the  securities   clearing
organizations or their participants.

        INITIAL SETTLEMENT

        All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name
of Cede as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will be
represented through financial  institutions acting on their behalf as direct and
indirect  Participants  in DTC.  As a  result,  CEDEL  and  Euroclear  will hold
positions on behalf of their  participants  through  their  Relevant  Depository
which in turn will hold such positions in their accounts as DTC Participants.

        Investors  electing  to hold their  Global  Securities  through DTC will
follow DTC settlement  practices.  Investor  securities custody accounts will be
credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement
date.

        Investors  electing to hold their  Global  Securities  through  CEDEL or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow  the  settlement   procedures   applicable  to
conventional  eurobonds,  except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities  custody  accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.

        SECONDARY MARKET TRADING

        Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish  at the time of the trade  where  both the  purchaser's  and  seller's
accounts are located to ensure that  settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

        Trading between DTC  Participants.  Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants  will be  settled  using the  procedures  applicable  to prior home
equity loan asset-backed certificates issues in same-day funds.






                                       I-1


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Trading between CEDEL and/or  Euroclear  Participants.  Secondary market
trading  between CEDEL  Participants or Euroclear  Participants  will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

        Trading  between DTC, Seller and CEDEL or Euroclear  Participants.  When
Global Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to
the account of a CEDEL  Participant  or a Euroclear  Participant,  the purchaser
will send  instructions  to CEDEL or Euroclear  through a CEDEL  Participant  or
Euroclear  Participant at least one business day prior to  settlement.  CEDEL or
Euroclear will instruct the Relevant Depository,  as the case may be, to receive
the Global Securities against payment.  Payment will include interest accrued on
the Global  Securities  from and including  the last coupon  payment date to and
excluding the settlement date, on the basis of the actual number of days in such
accrual  period and a year  assumed to  consist  of 360 days.  For  transactions
settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include interest accrued to and
excluding the first day of the following month. Payment will then be made by the
Relevant  Depository to the DTC  Participant's  account against  delivery of the
Global  Securities.  After settlement has been completed,  the Global Securities
will be credited to the respective  clearing system and by the clearing  system,
in accordance with its usual procedures, to the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's  account. The securities credit will appear the next day (European
time) and the cash debt will be  back-valued  to, and the interest on the Global
Securities  will accrue from,  the value date (which would be the  preceding day
when  settlement  occurred in New York).  If  settlement is not completed on the
intended  value date (i.e.,  the trade fails),  the CEDEL or Euroclear cash debt
will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

        CEDEL  Participants  and  Euroclear   Participants  will  need  to  make
available  to the  respective  clearing  systems the funds  necessary to process
same-day funds  settlement.  The most direct means of doing so is to preposition
funds for settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit,  as
they would for any settlement  occurring  within CEDEL or Euroclear.  Under this
approach,  they may take on  credit  exposure  to CEDEL or  Euroclear  until the
Global Securities are credited to their account one day later.

        As an  alternative,  if CEDEL or Euroclear has extended a line of credit
to  them,  CEDEL  Participants  or  Euroclear  Participants  can  elect  not  to
preposition  funds  and  allow  that  credit  line to be drawn  upon to  finance
settlement.  Under this procedure,  CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants
purchasing Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming
they cleared the  overdraft  when the Global  Securities  were credited to their
accounts. However, interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value
date.  Therefore,  in many cases the investment  income on the Global Securities
earned during that one-day period may substantially  reduce or offset the amount
of such  overdraft  charges,  although  the  result  will  depend on each  CEDEL
Participant's or Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.

        Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual  procedures for crediting Global  Securities
to the respective  European  Depository for the benefit of CEDEL Participants or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on
the settlement date.  Thus, to the DTC  Participants a cross-market  transaction
will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.

        Trading between CEDEL or Euroclear Seller and DTC Purchaser. Due to time
zone differences in their favor, CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear  Participants
may  employ  their  customary   procedures  for  transactions  in  which  Global
Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system,  through the
respective Depository,  to a DTC Participant.  The seller will send instructions
to CEDEL or Euroclear  through a CEDEL  Participant or Euroclear  Participant at
least one  business day prior to  settlement.  In these cases CEDEL or Euroclear
will instruct the respective  Depository,  as appropriate,  to credit the Global
Securities  to the DTC  Participant's  account  against  payment.  Payment  will
include  interest  accrued on the Global  Securities from and including the last
coupon payment to and excluding the  settlement  date on the basis of the actual
number of days in such accrual period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days.
For  transactions  settling  on the  31st of the  month,  payment  will  include
interest  accrued to and  excluding the first day of the  following  month.  The
payment will then be reflected in the account of CEDEL  Participant or Euroclear
Participant  the  following  day, and receipt of the cash  proceeds in the CEDEL
Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account would be





                                       I-2


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



back-valued to the value date (which would be the preceding day, when settlement
occurred  in New York).  In the event that the CEDEL  Participant  or  Euroclear
Participant have a line of credit with its respective  clearing system and elect
to be in debt in  anticipation  of receipt of the sale  proceeds in its account,
the  back-valuation  will  extinguish  any overdraft  incurred over that one-day
period.  If settlement is not  completed on the intended  value date (i.e.,  the
trade  fails),  receipt  of the cash  proceeds  in the  CEDEL  Participant's  or
Euroclear  Participant's  account  would  instead  be  valued  as of the  actual
settlement date.

        Finally,  day  traders  that use CEDEL or  Euroclear  and that  purchase
Global  Securities from DTC Participants  for delivery to CEDEL  Participants or
Euroclear Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on
the sale side unless  affirmative  action is taken.  At least  three  techniques
should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

        (a) borrowing through CEDEL or Euroclear for one day (until the purchase
side of the  trade  is  reflected  in  their  CEDEL or  Euroclear  accounts)  in
accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

        (b) borrowing the Global  Securities in the U.S. from a DTC  Participant
no later  than  one day  prior  to  settlement,  which  would  give  the  Global
Securities  sufficient time to be reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear  account
in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

        (c)  staggering  the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at least one
day prior to the value date for the sale to the CEDEL  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant.

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

        A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through CEDEL
or Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will
be subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to payments of
interest  (including  original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S.
Persons (as  defined  below),  unless (i) each  clearing  system,  bank or other
financial institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of
its trade or business in the chain of  intermediaries  between  such  beneficial
owner and the U.S.  entity  required to withhold  tax complies  with  applicable
certification  requirements  and (ii)  such  beneficial  owner  takes one of the
following steps to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:

        Exemption for Non-U.S. Persons (Form W-8). Beneficial Certificate Owners
of Global  Securities that are Non-U.S.  Persons (as defined below) can obtain a
complete  exemption  from  the  withholding  tax by  filing  a  signed  Form W-8
(Certificate of Foreign Status). If the information shown on Form W-8 changes, a
new Form W-8 must be filed within 30 days of such change.

        Exemption for Non-U.S.  Persons with effectively  connected income (Form
4224). A Non-U.S. Person (as defined below), including a non-U.S. corporation or
bank with a U.S. branch, for which the interest income is effectively  connected
with its  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United  States,  can obtain an
exemption  from  the  withholding  tax  by  filing  Form  4224  (Exemption  from
Withholding of Tax on Income  Effectively  Connected with the Conduct of a Trade
or Business in the United States).

        Exemption  or  reduced  rate for  non-U.S.  Persons  resident  in treaty
countries  (Form 1001).  Non-U.S.  Persons  residing in a country that has a tax
treaty  with the  United  States  can obtain an  exemption  or reduced  tax rate
(depending  on the treaty  terms) by filing Form 1001  (Ownership,  Exemption or
Reduced  Rate  Certificate).  If the treaty  provides  only for a reduced  rate,
withholding  tax will be  imposed at that rate  unless  the filer  alternatively
files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by Certificate Owners or their agent.

        Exemption  for U.S.  Persons  (Form  W-9).  U.S.  Persons  can  obtain a
complete  exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request
for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).






                                       I-3


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        U.S.  Federal  Income  Tax  Reporting  Procedure.  The Owner of a Global
Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer,  his agent,  files
by  submitting  the  appropriate  form to the person  through whom it holds (the
clearing  agency,  in the case of persons  holding  directly on the books of the
clearing agency).  Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar years
and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

        On April 22, 1996 the IRS issued  proposed  regulations  relating to (i)
withholding  income tax on U.S.-source  income  paid to Non-U.S.  Persons;  (ii)
claiming Non-U.S. Person status to avoid backup withholding; and (iii) reporting
to the IRS of payments to  Non-U.S.  Persons.  The  proposed  regulations  would
substantially  revise some aspects of the current system for  withholding on and
reporting  amounts  paid to Non-U.S.  Persons.  The  regulations  unify  current
certification  procedures and forms and reliance  standards are clarified.  Most
forms are proposed to be combined into a single form:  Form W-8. The regulations
are  proposed  to be  effective  for  payments  made after  December  31,  1997.
Certificates  issued,  however,  on or before the date that is 60 days after the
proposed regulations are made final will continue to be valid until they expire.
All proposed  regulations  are subject to change before  adoption in their final
form.  No reliable  prediction  can be made as to when,  if ever,  the  proposed
regulations will be made final and if so, as to their final form.

        The term "U.S.  Person"  means (i) a citizen or  resident  of the United
States,  (ii) a corporation,  partnership or other entity  organized in or under
the laws of the United States or any political  subdivision  thereof or (iii) an
estate or trust that is subject to U.S.  federal  income tax  regardless  of the
source of its income.  The term "Non-U.S.  Person" means any person who is not a
U.S.  Person.  This  discussion  does not deal with all aspects of U.S.  Federal
income tax  withholding  that may be relevant  to foreign  holders of the Global
Securities. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for specific
tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the Global Securities.





                                       I-4


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                      APPENDIX A



                          AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                      FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY

                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
                       WITH REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS




                                      A-1



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

                    FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY

                             Financial Statements

                         December 31, 1995 and 1994


                 (With Independent Auditors' Report Thereon)







<PAGE>
<PAGE>

FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY
================================================================================


Audited Financial Statements


December 31, 1995




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                                                                 <C>
         Report of Independent Auditors..............................................................1
         Balance Sheets..............................................................................2
         Statements of Income........................................................................3
         Statements of Stockholder's Equity..........................................................4
         Statements of Cash Flows....................................................................5
         Notes to Financial Statements...............................................................6
</TABLE>











<PAGE>
<PAGE>







KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

     345 Park Avenue
     New York, NY 10154







Report of Independent Auditors'



The Board of Directors and Stockholder
Financial Guaranty Insurance Company:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related statements of income,
stockholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year
period then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of 
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted 
auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the 
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide
a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the fnancial position of Financial Guaranty 
Insurance Company as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period
then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting 
principles.

As described in notes 6 and 2, respectively, in 1993, the Company changed
its methods of accounting for multiple-year retrospectively rated reinsurance
contracts and for the adoption of the provisions of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115,
Accounting for Certain Investrnents in Debt and Equity Securities.


                                              KPMG Peat Marwick LLP



January 19, 1996







<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                                           Balance Sheets

================================================================================



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

($ in Thousands, except per share amounts)

                                                                             December 31,                  December 31,
Assets                                                                            1995                          1994
                                                                            ---------------                -------------

<S>                                                                            <C>                          <C>  
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale
  (amortized cost of $2,043,453 in 1995 and $1,954,177 in 1994)                $2,141,584                    $1,889,910
Short-term investments, at cost, which approximates market                         91,032                        75,674
Cash                                                                                  199                         1,766
Accrued investment income                                                          37,347                        40,637
Reinsurance recoverable                                                             7,672                        14,472
Prepaid reinsurance premiums                                                      162,087                       164,668
Deferred policy acquisition costs                                                  94,868                        90,928
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
($12,861 in 1995 and $10,512 in 1994)                                               6,314                         7,912
Receivable for securities sold                                                     26,572                             -
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                                  12,627                        12,243
                                                                               ----------                    ----------

        Total assets                                                           $2,580,302                    $2,298,210
                                                                               ==========                    ==========

Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity

Liabilities:

Unearned premiums                                                             $   727,535                    $  757,425
Loss and loss adjustment expenses                                                  77,808                        98,746
Ceded reinsurance balances payable                                                  1,942                         2,258
Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                              32,811                        28,489
Payable to Parent                                                                   1,647                        18,600
Current federal income taxes payable                                               51,296                        82,123
Deferred federal income taxes                                                      99,171                        22,640
Payable for securities purchased                                                   40,211                         8,206
                                                                               ----------                     ---------

        Total liabilities                                                       1,032,421                     1,018,487
                                                                               ----------                     ---------

Stockholder's Equity:

Common stock, par value $1,500 per share;
10,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding                                   15,000                        15,000
Additional paid-in capital                                                        334,011                       334,011
Net unrealized gains (losses) on fixed maturity securities available-
  for-sale, net of tax                                                             63,785                       (41,773)
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                            (1,499)                       (1,221)
Retained earnings                                                               1,136,584                       973,706
                                                                               ----------                    ----------

        Total stockholder's equity                                              1,547,881                     1,279,723
                                                                               ----------                    ----------

        Total liabilities and stockholder's equity                             $2,580,302                    $2,298,210
                                                                               ==========                    ==========

                                         See  accompanying  notes  to  financial statements.

</TABLE>

                                       -2-







<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                                     Statements of Income

================================================================================


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

($ in Thousands)

                                                                          For the Year Ended December 31,
                                                                  ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1995                    1994                   1993
                                                                  ----                    ----                   ----
<S>                                                             <C>                      <C>                   <C>      
Revenues:

Gross premiums written                                          $  97,288                $ 161,940             $ 291,052
Ceded premiums                                                    (19,319)                 (46,477)              (49,914)
                                                                ----------              ----------             ---------

  Net premiums written                                             77,969                  115,463               241,138
Decrease (increase) in net unearned premiums                       27,309                   53,364               (74,902)
                                                                 --------               ----------             ---------

  Net premiums earned                                             105,278                  168,827               166,236
Net investment income                                             120,398                  109,828                99,920
Net realized gains                                                 30,762                    5,898                35,439
                                                                  -------               ----------             ---------

  Total revenues                                                  256,438                  284,553               301,595
                                                                  -------                ---------             ---------

Expenses:

Loss and loss adjustment expenses                                  (8,426)                   3,646                42,894
Policy acquisition costs                                           13,072                   15,060                19,592
(Increase) decrease in deferred policy acquisition costs           (3,940)                   3,709                 2,658
Other underwriting expenses                                        19,100                   21,182                21,878
                                                                 --------                ---------             ---------

  Total expenses                                                   19,806                   43,597                87,022
                                                                 --------                ---------             ---------

Income before provision for Federal income taxes                  236,632                  240,956               214,573
                                                                 --------                ---------             ---------

Federal income tax expense (benefit):
  Current                                                          28,913                   43,484                59,505
  Deferred                                                         19,841                    7,741                (7,284)
                                                                ---------               ----------            ----------

  Total Federal income tax expense                                 48,754                   51,225                52,221
                                                                ---------                ---------             ---------

  Net income before cumulative effect of
  change in accounting principle                                  187,878                  189,731               162,352
                                                                ---------                ---------              --------

  Net cumulative effect of change in
  accounting principle                                                  -                        -                 3,008
                                                                 --------                ---------              --------

  Net income                                                     $187,878                 $189,731              $165,360
                                                                 ========                 ========              ========


                                         See accompanying notes to financial statements.

</TABLE>
                                       -3-








<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance 
Company                                       Statements of Stockholder's Equity
================================================================================

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
($ in Thousands)

                                                                                          Net Unrealized
                                                                                        Gains (Losses) on
                                                                            Additional    Fixed Maturity       Foreign
                                                               Common        Paid-in   Securities Available   Currency     Retained
                                                                Stock        Capital   For-Sale, Net of Tax   Adjustment   Earnings
                                                            ------------   -----------  --------------------  ----------   ---------
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>            <C>                <C>            <C>  
Balance, January 1, 1993                                         $ 2,500      $324,639      $   7,267        $(1,597)    $  618,615
Net income                                                          --            --             --             --          165,360
Capital contribution                                                --          21,872           --             --             --
Adjustment to common stock par value                              12,500       (12,500)          --             --             --
Unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities
  previously held at market, net of tax of ($713)                   --            --           (1,325)          --             --

Implementation of change in accounting for
  adoption of SFAS 115, net of tax of $45,643                       --            --           84,766           --             --
Foreign currency translation adjustment                             --            --             --             (668)          --
                                                                 -------      --------      ---------        -------     ----------
Balance, December 31, 1993                                        15,000       334,011         90,708         (2,265)       783,975
Net income                                                          --            --             --             --          189,731
Unrealized losses on fixed maturity securities
  available-for-sale, net of tax of ($71,336)                       --            --         (132,481)          --             --
Foreign currency translation adjustment                             --            --             --            1,044           --
                                                                 -------      --------      ---------        -------     ----------
Balance, December 31, 1994                                        15,000       334,011        (41,773)        (1,221)       973,706
Net income                                                          --            --             --             --          187,878
Dividend paid                                                       --            --             --             --          (25,000)
Unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities
  available for sale, net of tax of $56,839                         --            --          105,558           --             --
Foreign currency translation adjustment                             --            --             --             (278)          --
                                                                 -------      --------      ---------        -------     ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995                                       $15,000      $334,011      $  63,785        $(1,499)    $1,136,584
                                                                 =======      ========      =========        =======     ==========
</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       -4-







<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                                 Statements of Cash Flows
================================================================================


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

($ in Thousands)

                                                                                    For the Year Ended December 31,
                                                                           ----------------------------------------------
                                                                           1995                    1994              1993
                                                                           ----                    ----              ----
<S>                                                                         <C>                <C>                    <C>
Operating Activities:
 Net income                                                                 $187,878           $189,731               $165,360
   Adjustments to reconcile net income
     to net cash provided by operating activities:
   Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax                 -                  -                 (3,008)
   Change in unearned premiums                                               (29,890)           (45,927)                90,429
   Change in loss and loss adjustment expense reserves                       (20,938)             2,648                 51,264
   Depreciation of property and equipment                                      2,348              2,689                  2,012
   Change in reinsurance receivable                                            6,800               (304)                (9,040)
   Change in prepaid reinsurance premiums                                      2,581             (7,437)               (15,527)
   Change in foreign currency translation adjustment                            (427)             1,607                 (1,029)
   Policy acquisition costs deferred                                         (16,219)           (18,306)               (19,592)
   Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs                          12,279             22,015                 22,250
   Change in accrued investment income, and prepaid
       expenses and other assets                                               2,906             (5,150)                (9,048)
   Change in other liabilities                                               (12,946)             2,577                  7,035
   Change in deferred income taxes                                            19,841              7,741                 (7,284)
   Amortization of fixed maturity securities                                   1,922              5,112                  8,976
   Change in current income taxes payable                                    (30,827)            33,391                 30,089
   Net realized gains on investments                                         (30,762)            (5,898)               (35,439)
                                                                           ---------          ---------               --------

 Net cash provided by operating activities                                    94,546            184,489                277,448
                                                                           ---------          ---------               --------

 Investing Activities:

 Sales and maturities of fixed maturity securities                         $ 836,103          $ 550,534            $   789,036
 Purchases of fixed maturity securities                                     (891,108)          (721,908)            (1,090,550)
 Purchases, sales and maturities of short-term investments, net              (15,358)           (11,486)                 4,164
 Purchases of property and equipment, net                                       (750)            (1,290)                  (985)
                                                                           ---------          ---------               --------

 Net cash used in investing activities                                       (71,113)          (184,150)              (298,335)
                                                                           ---------          ---------               --------

 Financing Activities:

 Dividends paid                                                              (25,000)                 -                      -
 Capital contribution                                                              -                  -                 21,872
                                                                           ---------          ---------               --------
 Net cash provided by financing activities                                   (25,000)                 -                 21,872
                                                                           ---------          ---------               --------

 (Decrease) Increase in cash                                                  (1,567)               339                    985
 Cash at beginning of year                                                     1,766              1,427                    442
                                                                           ---------          ---------               --------

 Cash at end of year                                                       $     199          $   1,766               $  1,427
                                                                           =========          =========               ========
</TABLE>



                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       -5-








<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                           Notes to Financial Statements
================================================================================




(1)      Business

         Financial  Guaranty  Insurance Company (the "Company"),  a wholly-owned
         insurance  subsidiary  of FGIC  Corporation  (the  "Parent"),  provides
         financial  guaranty  insurance  on newly  issued  municipal  bonds  and
         municipal bonds trading in the secondary  market,  the latter including
         bonds held by unit investment trusts and mutual funds. The Company also
         insures   structured   debt  issues   outside  the  municipal   market.
         Approximately  88% of  the  business  written  since  inception  by the
         Company has been municipal bond insurance.

         The Company insures only those securities that, in its judgment, are of
         investment  grade  quality.  Municipal  bond  insurance  written by the
         Company  insures the full and timely  payment of principal and interest
         when  due on  scheduled  maturity,  sinking  fund  or  other  mandatory
         redemption  and  interest  payment  dates to the  holders of  municipal
         securities.  The  Company's  insurance  policies  do  not  provide  for
         accelerated  payment  of the  principal  of, or  interest  on, the bond
         insured  in  the  case  of  a  payment  default.  If  the  issuer  of a
         Company-insured  bond  defaults on its  obligation to pay debt service,
         the Company will make scheduled  interest and principal payments as due
         and is  subrogated  to the  rights  of  bondholders  to the  extent  of
         payments made by it.

         The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
         accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make estimates
         and  assumptions  that  effect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and
         liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the
         date of the financial  statements and the reported  amounts of revenues
         and expenses during the reporting  period.  Actual results could differ
         from those estimates.

(2)      Significant Accounting Policies

         The accompanying  financial  statements have been prepared on the basis
         of generally accepted  accounting  principles  ("GAAP") which differ in
         certain respects from the accounting  practices prescribed or permitted
         by  regulatory  authorities  (see Note 3).  The prior  years  financial
         statements have been reclassified to conform to the 1995  presentation.
         Significant accounting policies are as follows:

         Investments

         As of December 31,  1993,  the Company  adopted  Statement of Financial
         Accounting  Standards  No. 115 ("SFAS  115"),  "Accounting  for Certain
         Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." The Statement defines three
         categories  for  classification  of debt  securities  and  the  related
         accounting  treatment  for each  respective  category.  The Company has
         determined  that its  fixed  maturity  securities  portfolio  should be
         classified as  available-for-sale.  Under SFAS 115,  securities held as
         available-for-sale  are recorded at fair value and  unrealized  holding
         gains/losses  are  recorded as a separate  component  of  stockholder's
         equity, net of applicable income taxes.

         Short-term  investments are carried at cost,  which  approximates  fair
         value.  Bond  discounts and premiums are  amortized  over the remaining
         terms  of the  securities.  Realized  gains  or  losses  on the sale of
         investments are determined on the basis of specific identification.



                                       -6-







<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)
================================================================================



         Premium Revenue Recognition

         Premiums are earned over the period at risk in proportion to the amount
         of coverage provided which, for financial guaranty insurance  policies,
         generally declines according to predetermined schedules.

         When  unscheduled  refundings  of municipal  bonds  occur,  the related
         unearned premiums,  net of premium credits allowed against the premiums
         charged for insurance of refunding  issues and  applicable  acquisition
         costs, are earned immediately.  Unearned premiums represent the portion
         of premiums  written related to coverage yet to be provided on policies
         in force.

         Policy Acquisition Costs

         Policy  acquisition  costs  include  only those  expenses  that  relate
         directly to premium  production.  Such costs  include  compensation  of
         employees  involved  in  underwriting,  marketing  and policy  issuance
         functions,  rating  agency fees,  state premium taxes and certain other
         underwriting  expenses,  offset by ceding commission income on premiums
         ceded to reinsurers  (see Note 6). Net  acquisition  costs are deferred
         and amortized over the period in which the related premiums are earned.
         Anticipated  loss  and  loss  adjustment  expenses  are  considered  in
         determining the recoverability of acquisition costs.

         Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

         Provision  for loss and loss  adjustment  expenses is made in an amount
         equal to the present  value of unpaid  principal and interest and other
         payments due under  insured  risks at the balance sheet date for which,
         in management's judgment,  the likelihood of default is probable.  Such
         reserves  amounted to $77.8  million and $98.7  million at December 31,
         1995 and 1994,  respectively.  As of December  31, 1995 and 1994,  such
         reserves  included  $28.8  million  and  $71.0  million,  respectively,
         established based on an evaluation of the insured portfolio in light of
         current economic  conditions and other relevant factors.  Loss and loss
         adjustment  expenses include amounts  discounted at an interest rate of
         5.5% in 1995 and 7.8% in 1994. The reserve for loss and loss adjustment
         expenses is necessarily based upon estimates,  however, in management's
         opinion the reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses is adequate.
         However, actual results will likely differ from those estimates.

         Income Taxes

         Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are recognized for the future tax
         consequences   attributable   to  differences   between  the  financial
         statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
         respective tax bases. These temporary differences relate principally to
         unrealized    gains    (losses)    on   fixed    maturity    securities
         available-for-sale,  premium revenue recognition,  deferred acquisition
         costs and deferred  compensation.  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities
         are  measured  using  enacted  tax rates  expected  to apply to taxable
         income in the years in which those  temporary  differences are expected
         to be  recovered  or  settled.  The effect on  deferred  tax assets and
         liabilities  of a change  in tax rates is  recognized  in income in the
         period that includes the enactment date.

         Financial  guaranty  insurance  companies  are permitted to deduct from
         taxable  income,  subject  to  certain  limitations,  amounts  added to
         statutory  contingency reserves (see Note 3). The amounts deducted must
         be included in taxable  income upon their  release from the reserves or
         upon earlier release of such amounts from such reserves to cover excess
         losses as permitted by insurance  regulators.  The amounts deducted are
         allowed as deductions  from taxable income only to the extent that U.S.
         government  non-interest  bearing tax and loss bonds are  purchased and
         held  in an  amount  equal  to the  tax  benefit  attributable  to such
         deductions.


                                       -7-






<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)
================================================================================



         Property and Equipment

         Property and equipment consists of furniture,  fixtures,  equipment and
         leasehold  improvements  which are  recorded at cost and are charged to
         income  over  their  estimated  service  lives.  Office  furniture  and
         equipment  are  depreciated  straight-line  over five years.  Leasehold
         improvements  are amortized over their  estimated  service life or over
         the life of the lease,  whichever is shorter.  Computer  equipment  and
         software are depreciated over three years.  Maintenance and repairs are
         charged to expense as incurred.

         Foreign Currency Translation

         The Company has established  foreign  branches in France and the United
         Kingdom and determined that the functional currencies of these branches
         are local currencies.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of these
         foreign  branches  are  translated  into U.S.  dollars  at the rates of
         exchange  existing  at  December  31,  1995 and 1994 and  revenues  and
         expenses  are  translated  at  average  monthly   exchange  rates.  The
         cumulative  translation  loss at  December  31,  1995 and 1994 was $1.5
         million and $1.2 million,  respectively, net of tax, and is reported as
         a separate component of stockholder's equity.

(3)      Statutory Accounting Practices

         The  financial  statements  are  prepared  on the basis of GAAP,  which
         differs in certain  respects from  accounting  practices  prescribed or
         permitted by state insurance regulatory authorities.  The following are
         the  significant  ways in which  statutory-basis  accounting  practices
         differ from GAAP:

                  (a) premiums are earned in  proportion to the reduction of the
                      related risk rather than in  proportion  to  the  coverage
                      provided;  
                  (b) policy acquisition costs are charged to current operations
                      as incurred  rather than as related  premiums  are earned;
                  (c) a   contingency  reserve  is  computed  on  the  basis  of
                      statutory   requirements   for   the   security   of   all
                      policyholders,  regardless  of whether loss  contingencies
                      actually   exist,  whereas   under  GAAP,  a  reserve   is
                      established based on an ultimate estimate of exposure;
                  (d) certain   assets  designated  as  non-admitted  assets are
                      charged  directly  against  surplus  but  are reflected as
                      assets under GAAP, if recoverable;  
                  (e) federal  income  taxes  are  only provided with respect to
                      taxable  income  for  which  income  taxes  are  currently
                      payable,  while  under  GAAP  taxes  are also provided for
                      differences  between  the  financial reporting and the tax
                      bases of assets and liabilities;
                  (f) purchases of tax and loss bonds are reflected  as admitted
                      assets,  while  under  GAAP  they are recorded  as federal
                      income tax payments; and 
                  (g) all fixed income investments are carried at amortized cost
                      rather  than  at  fair  value for securities classified as
                      available-for-sale under GAAP.




                                       -8-






<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)
================================================================================



The  following  is a  reconciliation  of net  income  and  stockholder's  equity
presented  on  a  GAAP  basis  to  the  corresponding   amounts  reported  on  a
statutory-basis for the periods indicated below (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              Years Ended December 31,
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1995                       1994                      1993
                                                        ------------------------    -------------------------   --------------------
                                                             Net     Stockholder's    Net       Stockholder's     Net  Stockholder's
                                                           Income       Equity      Income         Equity       Income     Equity
                                                        -----------  -------------  -------    -------------    ------  ------------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>        <C>        
GAAP basis amount                                        $187,878   $1,547,881    $ 189,731   $1,279,723     $165,360   $1,221,429

Premium revenue recognition                               (22,555)    (166,927)      (4,970)    (144,372)     (16,054)    (139,401)

Deferral of acquisition costs                              (3,940)     (94,868)       3,709      (90,928)       2,658      (94,637)

Contingency reserve                                            --     (386,564)          --     (328,073)          --     (252,542)

Non-admitted assets                                            --       (5,731)          --       (7,566)          --       (8,951)
Case basis loss reserves                                    4,048          (52)      (3,340)      (4,100)       1,626         (759)

Portfolio loss reserves                                   (22,100)      24,000      (11,050)      46,100       43,650       57,150

Deferral of income taxes (benefits)                        19,842       64,825        7,741       45,134       (7,284)      35,209

Unrealized gains (losses) on fixed maturity
securities held at fair value, net of tax                      --      (63,785)          --       41,773           --      (90,708)

Recognition of profit commission                            3,096       (5,744)      (2,410)      (8,840)      (4,811)      (4,811)

Provision for unauthorized reinsurance                         --           --           --         (266)          --           --

Contingency reserve tax deduction (see Note 2)                 --       78,196           --       55,496           --       45,402

Allocation of tax benefits due to
Parent's net operating loss to the
Company (see Note 5)                                          637       10,290          (63)       9,653           --        9,716
                                                         --------   ----------    ---------   ----------     --------   ----------

Statutory-basis amount                                   $166,906   $1,001,521    $ 179,348   $  893,734     $185,145   $  777,097
                                                         ========   ==========    =========   ==========     ========   ==========

</TABLE>

                                       -9-







<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)
================================================================================




(4)      Investments

         Investments in fixed maturity  securities carried at fair value of $3.2
         million  and  $3.0   million  as  of   December   31,  1995  and  1994,
         respectively,  were on deposit with various  regulatory  authorities as
         required by law.

         The  amortized  cost and fair values of short-term  investments  and of
         investments    in   fixed    maturity    securities    classified    as
         available-for-sale are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Gross                 Gross
                                                                        Unrealized            Unrealized
                                                     Amortized            Holding               Holding                Fair
           1995                                         Cost               Gains                 Losses               Value
           ----                                     ---------------     -----------------     -----------------     --------------
<S>                                                 <C>                   <C>                 <C>                     <C>        
           U.S. Treasury securities and
            obligations of U.S. government
            corporations and agencies               $    71,182           $    1,696                   -           $    72,878

           Obligations of states and political
            subdivisions                              1,942,001               98,458              $1,625             2,038,834

           Debt securities issued by foreign
            governments                                  30,270                  152                 550                29,872
                                                   ---------------      ---------------        -------------      ----------------

           Investments available-for-sale             2,043,453              100,306               2,175             2,141,584

           Short-term investments                        91,032                    -                   -                91,032
                                                   ---------------      ---------------        -------------      ----------------

           Total                                     $2,134,485             $100,306              $2,175            $2,232,616
                                                   ===============      ===============        =============      ================
</TABLE>

         The  amortized  cost and fair values of short-term  investments  and of
         investments in fixed maturity securities available-for-sale at December
         31, 1995,  by  contractual  maturity  date,  are shown below.  Expected
         maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may
         have the right to call or prepay  obligations  with or without  call or
         prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  Amortized                          Fair
               1995                                                 Cost                             Value
               ----                                              -----------                     ------------
<S>                                                              <C>                             <C>         
               Due in one year or less                           $     99,894                    $     99,984
               Due after one year through five years                  137,977                         141,235
               Due after five years through ten years                 287,441                         300,560
               Due after ten years through twenty years             1,406,219                       1,476,261
               Due after twenty years                                 202,954                         214,576
                                                                  -----------                     -----------

               Total                                               $2,134,485                      $2,232,616
                                                                   ==========                      ==========

</TABLE>




                                      -10-







<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

================================================================================



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                           Gross                Gross
                                                                         Unrealized          Unrealized
                                                     Amortized            Holding              Holding                 Fair
           1994                                        Cost                Gains               Losses                 Value
           ----                                    --------------      ---------------      --------------       -----------------

<S>                                                 <C>                    <C>              <C>                      <C>        
           U.S. Treasury securities and
            obligations of U.S. government
            corporations and agencies                $   10,945             $     8            $   (519)              $   10,434

           Obligations of states and political
            subdivisions                              1,839,566              25,809             (85,200)               1,780,175

           Debt securities issued by foreign
            governments                                 103,666                 400              (4,765)                  99,301
                                                     ----------             -------            --------               ----------
           Investments available-for-sale             1,954,177              26,217             (90,484)               1,889,910

           Short-term investments                        75,674                   -                  -                    75,674
                                                     ----------             -------            --------               ----------

           Total                                     $2,029,851             $26,217            $(90,484)              $1,965,584
                                                     ==========             =======            ========               ==========

</TABLE>

         In 1995,  1994 and 1993,  proceeds from sales of  investments  in fixed
         maturity  securities  available-for-sale  carried  at fair  value  were
         $836.1 million, $550.5 million, and $789.0 million,  respectively.  For
         1995,  1994 and 1993 gross gains of $36.3  million,  $18.2  million and
         $36.1 million  respectively,  and gross losses of $5.5  million,  $12.3
         million and $1.0 million respectively, were realized on such sales.

         Net  investment  income of the  Company is derived  from the  following
         sources (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               Year Ended December 31,
                                                                     ---------------------------------------
                                                                       1995              1994           1993
                                                                     --------          -------         -----
<S>                                                                  <C>               <C>             <C>   
         Income from fixed maturity securities                        $112,684         $108,519        $ 97,121
         Income from short-term investments                              8,450            2,479           3,914
                                                                      --------         --------        --------

         Total investment income                                       121,134          110,998         101,035
         Investment expenses                                               736            1,170           1,115
                                                                      --------         --------        --------

         Net investment income                                        $120,398         $109,828        $ 99,920
                                                                      ========         ========        ========
</TABLE>

         As of December 31, 1995,  the Company did not have more than 10% of its
investment portfolio concentrated in a single issuer or industry.

                                      -11-







<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)
================================================================================





(5)      Income Taxes

         The  Company  files a federal  tax  return as part of the  consolidated
         return of General Electric Capital Corporation ("GE Capital").  Under a
         tax sharing  agreement  with GE  Capital,  taxes are  allocated  to the
         Company and the Parent  based upon their  respective  contributions  to
         consolidated net income. The Company's  effective federal corporate tax
         rate (20.6  percent in 1995,  21.3  percent in 1994 and 24.3 percent in
         1993) is less  than the  corporate  tax rate on  ordinary  income of 35
         percent in 1995, 1994 and 1993.

         Federal  income  tax  expense  (benefit)  relating to operations of the
         Company  for  1995,  1994  and  1993  is  comprised  of  the  following
         (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                   -----------------------------------------------
                                     1995                1994                1993
                                    -------             --------            -------
<S>                                 <C>                  <C>                <C>    
    Current tax expense             $28,913              $43,484            $59,505
    Deferred tax expense             19,841                7,741             (7,284)
                                    -------              -------            -------
    Federal income tax expense      $48,754              $51,225            $52,221
                                    =======              =======            =======
</TABLE>

         The following is a  reconciliation  of federal income taxes computed at
the statutory rate and the provision for federal income taxes (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Year Ended December 31,
                                                             ----------------------------------------------
                                                               1995                 1994              1993
                                                             --------           ----------         ---------
<S>                                                           <C>                 <C>                <C>    
         Income taxes computed on income
           before provision for federal
           income taxes, at the statutory rate                $82,821             $84,334            $75,101

         Tax effect of:
           Tax-exempt interest                                (30,630)            (30,089)           (27,185)
           Other, net                                          (3,437)             (3,020)             4,305
                                                             ---------           ---------          --------

         Provision for income taxes                           $48,754             $51,225            $52,221
                                                              =======             =======            =======

</TABLE>














                                      -12-







<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

================================================================================

          The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
          portions of the deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 1995 and 1994
          are presented below (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              1995               1994
                                                                           -----------       -------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                    <C>    
            Deferred tax assets:
                 Unrealized losses on fixed maturity
                 securities, available-for-sale                                     -             $22,493
                 Loss reserves                                               $  8,382              16,136
                 Deferred compensation                                          5,735               9,685
                 Tax over book capital gains                                    1,069                 365
                 Other                                                          3,248               3,760
                                                                           -----------       -------------

            Total gross deferred tax assets                                    18,434              52,439
                                                                           -----------       -------------

            Deferred tax liabilities:
                 Unrealized gains on fixed maturity
                 securities, available-for-sale                                34,346                   -
                 Deferred acquisition costs                                    33,204              31,825
                 Premium revenue recognition                                   32,791              24,674
                 Rate differential on tax and loss bonds                        9,454               9,454
                 Other                                                          7,810               9,126
                                                                           -----------       -------------

            Total gross deferred tax liabilities                              117,605              75,079
                                                                           -----------       -------------

            Net deferred tax liability                                       $ 99,171             $22,640
                                                                           ===========       =============
</TABLE>

         Based  upon the level of  historical  taxable  income,  projections  of
         future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets
         are deductible and the estimated  reversal of future taxable  temporary
         differences,  the  Company  believes it is more likely than not that it
         will realize the benefits of these  deductible  differences and has not
         established  a valuation  allowance at December 31, 1995 and 1994.  The
         company  anticipates  that  the  related  deferred  tax  asset  will be
         realized.

         Total federal income tax payments during 1995, 1994 and 1993 were $59.8
million, $10.1 million, and $29.4 million, respectively.











                                      -13-







<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)
================================================================================



(6)      Reinsurance

         The  Company  reinsures  portions  of its  risk  with  other  insurance
         companies   through  quota  share   reinsurance   treaties  and,  where
         warranted,  on a facultative  basis.  This process  serves to limit the
         Company's exposure on risks underwritten.  In the event that any or all
         of the reinsuring companies were unable to meet their obligations,  the
         Company  would  be  liable  for such  defaulted  amounts.  The  Company
         evaluates  the  financial  condition  of its  reinsurers  and  monitors
         concentrations  of credit  risk  arising  from  activities  or economic
         characteristics   of  the   reinsurers  to  minimize  its  exposure  to
         significant  losses from  reinsurer  insolvencies.  The  Company  holds
         collateral  under  reinsurance  agreements  in the form of  letters  of
         credit and trust agreements in various amounts with various  reinsurers
         totaling $33.7 million that can be drawn on in the event of default.

         Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted the Emerging Issues Task
         Force Issue 93-6,  "Accounting for Multiple-Year  Retrospectively-Rated
         Contracts by Ceding and Assuming  Enterprises" ("EITF 93-6"). EITF 93-6
         requires that an asset be recognized by a ceding  company to the extent
         a payment would be received from the reinsurer  based on the contract's
         experience  to date,  regardless  of the outcome of future  events.  To
         reflect  the  adoption  of  EITF  93-6  in the  accompanying  financial
         statements,  an initial  adjustment of $4.6 million,  before applicable
         income taxes, has been reflected in the 1993 income statement.

         Net premiums earned are presented net of ceded earned premiums of $21.9
         million,  $39.0 million and $34.4 million for the years ended  December
         31,  1995,  1994 and  1993,  respectively.  Loss  and  loss  adjustment
         expenses  incurred are  presented  net of ceded losses of $1.1 million,
         $0.3  million and $9.1  million for the years ended  December 31, 1995,
         1994 and 1993, respectively.





















                                      -14-







<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

================================================================================

(7)      Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

         Activity  in the  reserve  for  loss and loss  adjustment  expenses  is
summarized as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                            Year Ended December 31,
                                                                           --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               1995                1994                1993
                                                                           --------------     ---------------     -----------------

<S>                                                                            <C>              <C>                <C>   
            Balance at January 1,                                              $98,746            $96,098              $44,834
               Less reinsurance recoverable                                     14,472             14,168                5,128
                                                                                ------           --------             --------
            Net balance at January 1,                                           84,274             81,930               39,706

            Incurred related to:
            Current year                                                        26,681             15,133                    -
            Prior years                                                         (1,207)              (437)                (756)
            Portfolio reserves                                                 (33,900)           (11,050)              43,650
                                                                               --------           --------            --------

            Total Incurred                                                      (8,426)             3,646               42,894
                                                                                -------          --------             --------

            Paid related to:
            Current year                                                          (197)              (382)                   -
            Prior years                                                         (5,515)              (920)                (670)
                                                                                -------          ---------            ---------

            Total Paid                                                          (5,712)            (1,302)                (670)
                                                                                -------          ---------            ---------

            Net balance at December 31,                                         70,136             84,274               81,930
               Plus reinsurance recoverable                                      7,672             14,472               14,168
                                                                              --------           --------             --------
            Balance at December 31,                                            $77,808            $98,746              $96,098
                                                                               =======            =======              =======
</TABLE>


         The  changes  in  incurred  portfolio  reserves  principally  relate to
         business  written  in  prior  years.  The  changes  are  based  upon an
         evaluation  of the  insured  portfolio  in  light of  current  economic
         conditions and other relevant factors.
















                                      -15-






<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

================================================================================

(8)      Related Party Transactions

         The  Company  has  various  agreements  with  subsidiaries  of  General
         Electric  Company ("GE") and GE Capital.  These  business  transactions
         include   appraisal  fees  and  due  diligence  costs  associated  with
         underwriting  structured  finance  mortgage-backed  security  business;
         payroll and office  expenses  incurred by the  Company's  international
         branch  offices  but  processed  by a GE  subsidiary;  investment  fees
         pertaining to the management of the Company's investment portfolio; and
         telecommunication  service charges.  Approximately  $3.2 million,  $3.2
         million and $1.0 million in expenses  were  incurred in 1995,  1994 and
         1993, respectively, related to such transactions.

         The Company also insured certain  non-municipal  issues with GE Capital
         involvement as sponsor of the insured securitization and/or servicer of
         the  underlying  assets.  For some of these  issues,  GE  Capital  also
         provides first loss protection in the event of default.  Gross premiums
         written on these issues  amounted to $1.3 million in 1995, $2.5 million
         in 1994, and $3.3 million in 1993.

         The  Company  insures  bond issues and  securities  in trusts that were
         sponsored  by  affiliates  of GE  (approximately  1  percent  of  gross
         premiums written in 1995 and 1994 and 2 percent in 1993).


(9)      Compensation Plans

         Officers  and other key  employees  of the Company  participate  in the
         Parent's  incentive  compensation,  deferred  compensation  and  profit
         sharing  plans.  Expenses  incurred by the Company  under  compensation
         plans and bonuses  amounted to $7.5  million,  $12.2  million and $16.7
         million in 1995,  1994 and 1993,  respectively,  before  deduction  for
         related tax benefits.

(10)     Dividends

         Under New York  insurance law, the Company may pay a dividend only from
         earned  surplus  subject to the  following  limitations:  (a) statutory
         surplus after such  dividend may not be less than the minimum  required
         paid-in  capital,  which was $2.1  million  in 1995 and  1994,  and (b)
         dividends may not exceed the lesser of 10 percent of its surplus or 100
         percent  of  adjusted  net  investment  income,  as defined by New York
         insurance law, for the 12 month period ending on the preceding December
         31,  without the prior approval of the  Superintendent  of the New York
         State Insurance  Department.  At December 31, 1995 and 1994, the amount
         of the Company's  surplus  available  for  dividends was  approximately
         $100.2 million and $89.3 million, respectively.

         During 1995, the company paid dividends of $25 million.  No dividends
         were paid during 1994 or 1993.











                                      -16-






<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                               Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

===============================================================================
(ii)  Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

         The  following  methods  and  assumptions  were used by the  Company in
estimating fair values of financial instruments:

         Fixed Maturity  Securities:  Fair values for fixed maturity  securities
are based on quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market price is not
available,  fair values is  estimated  using  quoted  market  prices for similar
securities.  Fair value disclosure for fixed maturity  securities is included in
the balance sheets and in Note 4.

         Short-Term  Investments:  Short-term  investments  are carried at cost,
which approximates fair value.

         Cash,  Receivable  for  Securities  Sold,  and Payable  for  Securities
Purchased: The carrying amounts of these items approximate their fair values.

         The estimated  fair values of the Company's  financial  instruments  at
December 31, 1995 and 1994 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          1995                             1994
                                                            ------------------------------       ----------------------
                                                              Carrying           Fair               Carrying       Fair
                                                               amount            Value               amount        Value
                                                            -----------         ------              --------       ------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>                       <C>            <C>   
         Financial Assets

            Cash
               On hand and in demand accounts               $        199   $        199              $1,766         $1,766

            Short-term investments                                91,032         91,032              75,674         75,674
            Fixed maturity securities                          2,141,584      2,141,584           1,889,910      1,889,910

</TABLE>



         Financial  Guaranties:  The carrying  value of the Company's  financial
         guaranties  is  represented  by the unearned  premium  reserve,  net of
         deferred  acquisition  costs,  and  loss and  loss  adjustment  expense
         reserves.  Estimated  fair  values  of these  guaranties  are  based on
         amounts  currently  charged to enter into  similar  agreements  (net of
         applicable  ceding  commissions),  discounted  cash  flows  considering
         contractual revenues to be received adjusted for expected  prepayments,
         the present  value of future  obligations  and  estimated  losses,  and
         current  interest  rates.  The estimated  fair values of such financial
         guaranties  range between $412.8 million and $456.2 million compared to
         a carrying  value of $540.6 million as of December 31, 1995 and between
         $518.1  million  and $565.9  million  compared  to a carrying  value of
         $585.1 million as of December 31, 1994.






                                      -17-







<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

================================================================================


Concentrations of Credit Risk

         The Company  considers  its role in  providing  insurance  to be credit
enhancement  rather than credit  substitution.  The Company  insures  only those
securities that, in its judgment,  are of investment grade quality.  The Company
has established and maintains its own  underwriting  standards that are based on
those  aspects of credit that the Company  deems  important  for the  particular
category of  obligations  considered  for  insurance.  Credit  criteria  include
economic and social trends, debt management,  financial management and legal and
administrative  factors,  the adequacy of anticipated cash flows,  including the
historical and expected  performance of assets pledged for payment of securities
under varying  economic  scenarios and underlying  levels of protection  such as
insurance or overcollateralization.

         In  connection  with  underwriting  new issues,  the Company  sometimes
requires, as a condition to insuring an issue, that collateral be pledged or, in
some  instances,  that a  third-party  guarantee  be provided  for a term of the
obligation  insured by a party of acceptable  credit  quality  obligated to make
payment prior to any payment by the Company.  The types and extent of collateral
pledged varies, but may include residential and commercial mortgages,  corporate
debt, government debt and consumer receivables.

         As of December 31, 1995, the Company's total insured principal exposure
to credit loss in the event of default by bond issuers was $98.7 billion, net of
reinsurance of $20.7 billion. The Company's insured portfolio as of December 31,
1995 was broadly  diversified by geography and bond market sector with no single
debt  issuer  representing  more  than 1% of the  Company's  principal  exposure
outstanding, net of reinsurance.


         As of December 31, 1995, the composition of principal  exposure by type
of issue, net of reinsurance, was as follows (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                      Net
                                                                   Principal
                                                                  Outstanding
                                                                  ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>      
         Municipal:
           General obligation                                       $43,308.2
           Special revenue                                           38,137.9
           Industrial revenue                                         2,480.0
           Non-municipal                                             14,734.2
                                                                   ----------

         Total                                                      $98,660.3
                                                                   ==========

</TABLE>







                                      -18-







<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company                                Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

================================================================================

         The Company is authorized to do business in 50 states,  the District of
Columbia,  and in the United Kingdom and France.  Principal exposure outstanding
at December 31, 1995 by state, net of reinsurance, was as follows (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Net
                                                                      Principal
                                                                     Outstanding
                                                                     -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>       
         California                                                   $10,440.2
         Florida                                                        8,869.3
         Pennsylvania                                                   8,653.4
         New York                                                       7,706.7
         Illinois                                                       5,697.5
         Texas                                                          5,478.7
         New Jersey                                                     4,181.9
         Michigan                                                       3,385.9
         Arizona                                                        2,776.9
         Ohio                                                           2,327.7
                                                                      ---------

         Sub-total                                                     59,518.2
         Other states and International                                39,142.1
                                                                      ---------

         Total                                                        $98,660.3
                                                                      =========

</TABLE>


(12)     Commitments

         Total rent expense was $2.2  million,  $2.6 million and $2.4 million in
         1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  For each of the next five years and
         in the  aggregate as of December 31, 1995,  the minimum  future  rental
         payments under  noncancellable  operating leases having remaining terms
         in excess of one year approximate (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Year                                                                 Amount
          ----                                                                 ------
<S>                                                                            <C>  
          1996                                                                 $  2,297
          1997                                                                    2,909
          1998                                                                    2,909
          1999                                                                    2,909
          2000                                                                    2,909
          Subsequent to 2000                                                      2,911
                                                                                  -----

          Total minimum future rental payments                                  $16,844
                                                                                =======


</TABLE>




                                      -19-


<PAGE>

<PAGE>


FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY
================================================================================


UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


JUNE 30, 1996



Balance Sheets                                                             1
Statements of Income                                                       2
Statements of Cash Flows.                                                  3
Notes to Unaudited Interim Financial Statements.                           4






<PAGE>
<PAGE>

FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY                                                           BALANCE SHEETS

($ in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       JUNE 30,           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         1996                  1995
                                                                     -------------        ---------------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                  <C>                 <C>

ASSETS
Fixed maturity securities, available for sale, at fair value
(amortized cost of $2,066,231 in 1996 and $2,043,453 in 1995)          $2,057,812             $2,141,584
Short-term investments, at cost, which approximates market                133,832                 91,032
Cash                                                                        1,294                    199
Accrued investment income                                                  37,753                 37,347
Reinsurance receivable                                                      7,358                  7,672
Deferred policy acquisition costs                                          93,100                 94,868
Property, plant and equipment net of
   accumulated depreciation of $14,094 in
   1996 and $12,861 in 1995                                                 5,573                  6,314
Prepaid reinsurance premiums                                              156,055                162,088
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                          50,908                 39,198
                                                                     -------------          ------------

            Total assets                                               $2,543,685             $2,580,302
                                                                     =============          ============

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

Liabilities:

Unearned premiums                                                         698,149                727,535
Losses and loss adjustment expenses                                        71,034                 77,808
Ceded reinsurance payable                                                   2,777                  1,942
Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                      38,035                 32,811
Due to parent                                                                 267                  1,647
Current federal income taxes payable                                       67,077                 51,296
Deferred federal income taxes payable                                      63,850                 99,171
Payable for securities purchased                                           32,186                 40,211
                                                                     -------------          ------------
            Total liabilities                                             973,375              1,032,421
                                                                     =============          ============

Stockholder's Equity:

Common stock, par value $1,500 per share at June 30,
  1996 and at December 31, 1995: 10,000 shares authorized,
  issued and outstanding                                                   15,000                 15,000
Additional paid-in capital                                                334,011                334,011
Net unrealized  (losses) gains on fixed maturity securities
  available for sale, net of tax                                           (5,472)                63,785
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                    (2,296)                (1,499)
Retained earnings                                                       1,229,067              1,136,584
                                                                     -------------          ------------
            Total stockholder's equity                                  1,570,310              1,547,881
                                                                     -------------          ------------

            Total liabilities and stockholder's equity                 $2,543,685             $2,580,302
                                                                     =============          ============
</TABLE>

             See accompanying notes to interim financial statements

                                       -1-







<PAGE>
<PAGE>


FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY                                                     STATEMENTS OF INCOME

($ in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                          1996                   1995
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                                                       <C>                   <C> 
REVENUES:

    Gross premiums written                                               $  45,481              $  42,773
    Ceded premiums                                                          (6,643)                (5,965)
                                                                        -----------             ----------

    Net premiums written                                                    38,838                 36,808
    Decrease in net unearned premiums                                       23,353                 18,136
                                                                        -----------             ----------

    Net premiums earned                                                     62,191                 54,944
    Net investment income                                                   61,513                 59,327
    Net realized gains                                                       8,348                 17,446
                                                                        -----------             ----------

        Total revenues                                                     132,052                131,717
                                                                        -----------             ----------

EXPENSES:

    Losses and loss adjustment expenses                                     (2,702)                   815
    Policy acquisition costs                                                 9,637                  5,308
    Other underwriting expenses                                              7,561                  8,662
                                                                        -----------             ----------

        Total expenses                                                      14,496                 14,785
                                                                        -----------             ----------

        Income before provision for federal income taxes                   117,556                116,932

    Provision for federal income taxes                                      25,071                 25,066
                                                                        -----------             ----------

         Net income                                                      $  92,485               $ 91,866
                                                                        ===========             ==========

</TABLE>



             See accompanying notes to interim financial statements

                                       -2-





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY                                                  STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

($ in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                           1996                    1995
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

<S>                                                                    <C>                      <C>
          Net income                                                   $  92,485                $  91,866
              Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
                cash provided by operating activities:
              Provision for deferred income taxes                          2,400                   11,991
              Amortization of fixed maturity securities                      398                    1,096
              Policy acquisition costs deferred                           (8,565)                 (10,254)
              Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs           10,333                    5,308
              Depreciation of fixed assets                                 1,233                    1,167
              Change in reinsurance receivable                               314                    4,569
              Change in prepaid reinsurance premiums                       6,033                    5,877
              Foreign currency translation adjustment                     (1,226)                     972
              Change in accrued investment income, prepaid
                 expenses and other assets                               (12,116)                  (3,483)
              Change in unearned premiums                                (29,386)                 (24,013)
              Change in losses and loss adjustment expense reserves       (6,774)                  (4,617)
              Change in other liabilities                                  4,678                  (11,076)
              Change in current income taxes payable                      15,781                   (9,625)
              Net realized gains on investments                           (8,348)                 (17,446)
                                                                        ----------              ----------

          Net cash provided by operating activities                       67,240                   42,332
                                                                        ----------              ----------

          Investing activities:

          Sales or maturities of fixed maturity securities               406,676                  478,328
          Purchases of fixed maturity securities                        (429,529)                (413,181)
          Sales or maturities (purchases) of short-term investments,     (42,800)                (102,414)
            net
          Purchases of property and equipment, net                          (492)                    (354)
                                                                        ----------              ----------

          Net cash used for investing activities                         (66,145)                 (37,621)
                                                                        ----------              ----------

          Increase (decrease) in cash                                      1,095                    4,711
          Cash at beginning of period                                        199                    1,766
                                                                        ----------              ----------

          Cash at end of period                                         $  1,294               $      477
                                                                        ==========              ==========
</TABLE>



             See accompanying notes to interim financial statements

                                       -3-





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY                                            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 1996 and 1995
(Unaudited)


           (1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION

               The interim financial statements of Financial Guaranty Insurance
               Company (the Company) in this report reflect all adjustments
               necessary, in the opinion of management, for a fair statement of
               (a) results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 1996
               and 1995, (b) the financial position at June 30, 1996 and
               December 31, 1995, and (c) cash flows for the six months ended
               June 30, 1996 and 1995.

               These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction
               with the financial statements and related notes included in the
               1995 audited financial statements. The 1995 financial statements
               have been reclassified to conform to the 1996 presentation.

               The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
               generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires
               management to make estimates and assumptions that effect the
               reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
               contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
               statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
               during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
               those estimates.

           (2) STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES

               The financial statements are prepared on the basis of GAAP, which
               differs in certain respects from accounting practices prescribed
               or permitted by state insurance regulatory authorities. The
               following are the significant ways in which statutory basis
               accounting practices differ from GAAP:

               (a)   premiums are earned in proportion to the reduction of the
                     related risk rather than in proportion to the coverage
                     provided;
               
               (b)   policy acquisition costs are charged to current operations
                     as incurred rather than as related premiums are earned;

               (c)   a contingency reserve is computed on the basis of statutory
                     requirements for the security of all policyholders,
                     regardless of whether loss contingencies actually exist,
                     whereas under GAAP, a reserve is established based on an
                     ultimate estimate of exposure;

               (d)   certain assets designated as "non-admitted assets" are
                     charged directly against surplus but are reflected as
                     assets under GAAP, if recoverable;

               (e)   federal income taxes are only provided with respect to
                     taxable income for which income taxes are currently
                     payable, while under GAAP taxes are also provided for
                     differences between the financial reporting and tax bases
                     of assets and liabilities;

               (f)   purchases of tax and loss bonds are reflected as admitted
                     assets, while under GAAP they are recorded as federal
                     income tax payments; and

               (g)   all fixed income investments are carried at amortized cost,
                     rather than at fair value for securities classified as
                     "Available for Sale" under GAAP. 

                                      -4 -







<PAGE>
<PAGE>



FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY                                            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
================================================================================


The following is a reconciliation of the net income and stockholder's equity of
Financial Guaranty prepared on a GAAP basis to the corresponding amounts
reported on a statutory basis for the periods indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,

                                                                1996                                             1995

                                                          NET         STOCKHOLDER'S                         NET        STOCKHOLDER'S
                                                        INCOME           EQUITY                           INCOME          EQUITY
                                                        ------          --------                          ------          -----

<S>                                                    <C>             <C>                              <C>               <C> 
GAAP basis amount                                      $92,485         $1,570,310                         $ 91,866       $1,441,820

Premium revenue recognition                             (4,061)          (170,988)                          (9,905)        (154,322)

Deferral of acquisition costs                            1,768            (93,100)                          (4,946)         (95,874)

Contingency reserve                                          -           (415,603)                               -         (357,817)

Non-admitted assets                                          -             (4,837)                               -           (6,579)

Case-basis losses incurred and salvage
  recoverable                                           (3,394)            (3,446)                           6,631            2,531

Portfolio loss reserves                                      -             24,000                          (10,900)          35,200

Deferral of income tax                                   2,400             66,796                           11,991           57,466

Unrealized gains on fixed maturity
  securities held at fair value, net of taxes                -              5,472                                -          (27,827)

Profit commission                                        1,273             (4,471)                           4,909           (3,931)

Contingency reserve tax deduction                            -             85,176                                -           78,196

Provision for unauthorized reinsurance                       -                  -                                -             (266)

Allocation of tax benefits due to Parent's
  net operating loss to the Company                         (4)            10,287                              244            9,898
                                                      --------         ----------                          -------         --------
Statutory basis amount                                $ 90,467         $1,069,596                          $89,845         $978,495
                                                      ========         ==========                          =======         ========

</TABLE>


                                       -5-






<PAGE>
<PAGE>


FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY                                            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

June 30, 1996 and 1995
(Unaudited)

           (3) DIVIDENDS

               Under New York Insurance Law, the Company may pay a dividend only
               from earned surplus subject to the following limitations:

               --    Statutory surplus after dividends may not be less than the
                     minimum required paid-in capital, which was $2,100,000 in
                     1996.

               --    Dividends may not exceed the lesser of 10 percent of its
                     surplus or 100 percent of adjusted net investment income,
                     as defined therein, for the twelve month period ending on
                     the preceding December 31, without the prior approval of
                     the Superintendent of the New York State Insurance
                     Department.

               The amount of the Company's surplus available for dividends
               during 1996 is approximately $106.2 million.

           (4) INCOME TAXES

               The Company's effective Federal corporate tax rate (21.3 percent
               and 21.4 percent for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995,
               respectively) is less than the statutory corporate tax rate (35
               percent in 1996 and 1995) on ordinary income due to permanent
               differences between financial and taxable income, principally
               tax-exempt interest.

           (5) REINSURANCE

               In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
               No. 113 ("SFAS 113"), "Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance
               of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts", adopted in 1993,
               the Company reports assets and liabilities relating to reinsured
               contracts gross of the effects of reinsurance. Net premiums
               earned are shown net of premiums ceded of $12.7 million and $11.6
               million, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and
               1995.





                                      - 6 -




<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                INDEX OF PRINCIPAL DEFINITIONS


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
1933 Act       ..............................................................................3
Accrual Period ..............................................................................8
AFL            .............................................................................18
Appraised Values........................................................................23, 29
Auction Sale   .............................................................................13
Balloon Loans  ..............................................................................6
Beneficial Certificate Owner................................................................12
Book-Entry Certificates.....................................................................47
Cargill        .............................................................................18
Cede           ..........................................................................3, 12
CEDEL          .............................................................................12
CEDEL Participants..........................................................................48
Certificate Account.........................................................................43
Certificateholder............................................................................3
Certificates   ..........................................................................5, 41
CFSC           .............................................................................18
Citibank       .............................................................................12
Class          .............................................................................41
Class A Carry-Forward Amount................................................................11
Class A Certificate Principal Balance.......................................................11
Class A Certificates.....................................................................5, 41
Class A Distribution Amount.................................................................11
Class A Group I Certificate Principal Balance...............................................11
Class A Group I Certificates.............................................................5, 41
Class A Group II Certificate Principal Balance..............................................11
Class A Insured Distribution Amount.........................................................12
Class A Interest Distribution Amount.........................................................9
Class A Principal Distribution Amount........................................................9
Class A-1 Group I Certificates..............................................................41
Class A-1 Pass-Through Rate..................................................................7
Class A-2 Group I Certificates..............................................................41
Class A-3 Group I Certificates..............................................................41
Class A-4 Group I Certificates..............................................................41
Class A-5 Group I Certificates..............................................................41
Class A-6 Formula Pass-Through Rate..........................................................8
Class A-6 Group II Certificates..........................................................5, 41
Class A-6 Pass-Through Rate..................................................................8
Class B Certificates.........................................................................5
Class B Group I Certificates.................................................................5
Class B Group II Certificates................................................................5
Class B Interest............................................................................45
Closing Date   ..............................................................................4
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio............................................................22, 29
Commission     ..............................................................................3
Compensating Interest.......................................................................53
Cooperative    .............................................................................49
Coupon Rates   ..............................................................................6
Cut-Off Date   .......................................................................4, 5, 19
D&P            .............................................................................69
Definitive Certificate......................................................................47
Delinquency Advances........................................................................43
</TABLE>





                                        i



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
Description of the Certificates..............................................................5
Disqualified persons........................................................................68
DTC            ..........................................................................3, 12
DTC Participants............................................................................48
ERISA          .........................................................................14, 68
ERISA Plan     .............................................................................68
Euroclear      .............................................................................12
Euroclear Operator..........................................................................49
Euroclear Participants......................................................................49
European Depositaries.......................................................................47
European Depositories.......................................................................12
Event of Default............................................................................55
Excluded Plan  .............................................................................68
Exemption      .........................................................................14, 68
Financial Intermediary......................................................................47
Fitch          .............................................................................69
GE Capital     .............................................................................64
Global Securities............................................................................1
Group I        ..............................................................................6
Group I Available Funds Pass-Through Rate....................................................7
Group I Interest Remittance Amount..........................................................42
Group I Monthly Remittance..................................................................42
Group I Principal Remittance Amount.........................................................42
Group I Subordination Deficit...............................................................45
Group I Total Available Funds...............................................................46
Group II       ..............................................................................6
Group II Interest Remittance Amount.........................................................42
Group II Monthly Remittance.................................................................42
Group II Principal Remittance Amount........................................................42
Group II Subordination Deficit..............................................................45
Group II Total Available Funds..............................................................46
Insurance Proceeds..........................................................................10
Insured Payment.............................................................................43
Interest Determination Date.................................................................44
Interest Remittance Amount..................................................................42
LIBOR          ..........................................................................7, 44
Liquidated Mortgage Loan....................................................................54
Liquidation Proceeds........................................................................10
LSI            .............................................................................18
Master Servicer.............................................................................50
Monthly Remittance..........................................................................42
Moody's        .............................................................................69
Morgan         .............................................................................12
Mortgage Loan Group......................................................................6, 19
Mortgaged Properties........................................................................19
Mortgages      ..............................................................................6
Mortgagors     .............................................................................36
Net Liquidation Proceeds....................................................................10
Non-U.S. Person..............................................................................4
Notes          .............................................................................19
Original Group I Pool Principal Balance......................................................6
Original Group II Pool Principal Balance.....................................................6
Original Pool Principal Balance..............................................................6
Original Variable Rate Pool Principal Balance
</TABLE>





                                       ii



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
        Original Variable Rate Pool Principal Balance........................................4
Owner          ..............................................................................3
Participants   .............................................................................47
Parties in interest.........................................................................68
Payment Date   ..........................................................................8, 41
Percentage Interest.........................................................................42
Plans          .........................................................................14, 68
Pooling and Servicing Agreement..........................................................5, 41
Preference Amounts..........................................................................66
Preference Order............................................................................66
Prepayments    .........................................................................10, 16
Principal and Interest Account..............................................................42
Principal Remittance Amount.................................................................42
Properties     .............................................................................19
Qualifying Rate.............................................................................35
Record Date    ..............................................................................8
Reference Banks.............................................................................44
Released Mortgaged Property Proceeds........................................................10
Relevant Depositary.........................................................................47
REMICs         .............................................................................67
Remittance Date.............................................................................42
Remittance Period...........................................................................42
Reserve Interest Rate.......................................................................44
Residual Certificates....................................................................5, 41
Restricted Group............................................................................68
Reuters Screen LIBO Page....................................................................44
Rules          .............................................................................47
S&P            .............................................................................69
Seller         ..........................................................................4, 18
Seller Optional Termination Date............................................................13
Servicing Advances..........................................................................54
Servicing Fee  .............................................................................13
SMMEA          .........................................................................15, 71
Specified Subordinated Amount...............................................................45
Sponsor        ..............................................................................4
Subordinated Amount.........................................................................45
Subordination Deficiency....................................................................45
Subordination Increase Amount...............................................................46
Subordination Reduction Amount..............................................................46
Terms and Conditions........................................................................49
The Mortgage Loan Pool.......................................................................5
Total Available Funds.......................................................................46
Trust          ..............................................................................4
Trust Estate   .............................................................................60
Trustee        ..............................................................................4
U.S. Person    ..............................................................................4
Underwriters   .............................................................................71
Underwriting Agreement......................................................................71
Weighted average life.......................................................................37
</TABLE>






                                       iii



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

<PAGE>

<PAGE>


__________________________________             _________________________________
 
  NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON OR  ANY OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR  TO MAKE  ANY  REPRESENTATION NOT  CONTAINED IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  OR  THE  PROSPECTUS  AND,  IF GIVEN  OR  MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON  AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE  SELLER
OR  BY THE  UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND THE  PROSPECTUS DO NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL,  OR A SOLICITATION OF AN  OFFER TO BUY, ANY OF  THE
SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY IN  ANY JURISDICTION  TO  ANY PERSON  TO WHOM  IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN  SUCH JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS
OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO  THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT  THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE  IN
THE  AFFAIRS OF THE SPONSOR,  THE SELLER, OR THE  CERTIFICATE INSURER SINCE SUCH
DATE.
 
                               ------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                                              ----
 <S>                                                                                                                           <C>
                                                      PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Available Information........................................................................................................ S-3
Reports to the Holders....................................................................................................... S-3
Summary...................................................................................................................... S-4
Risk Factors................................................................................................................. S-16
Use of Proceeds.............................................................................................................. S-17
The Seller and Master Servicer............................................................................................... S-18
The Mortgage Loan Pool....................................................................................................... S-19
Maturity, Prepayment and Yield Considerations................................................................................ S-36
Description of the Certificates.............................................................................................. S-41
The Trustee.................................................................................................................. S-59
The Certificate Insurance Policy and the Certificate Insurer................................................................. S-63
Federal Income Tax Consequences.............................................................................................. S-66
ERISA Considerations......................................................................................................... S-68
Ratings...................................................................................................................... S-71
Legal Investment Considerations.............................................................................................. S-71
Underwriting................................................................................................................. S-71
Experts...................................................................................................................... S-72
Certain Legal Matters........................................................................................................ S-72
Annex I...................................................................................................................... I-1
Appendix A -- Audited Financial Statements of Certificate Insurer............................................................ A-1
Appendix B -- Unaudited Financial Statements of Certificate Insurer.......................................................... B-1
Index of Principal Definitions...............................................................................................   i
 
                                                            PROSPECTUS
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference..............................................................................   5
Summary of Prospectus........................................................................................................   6
Risk Factors.................................................................................................................  15
The Trusts...................................................................................................................  20
The Mortgage Pools...........................................................................................................  27
Mortgage Loan Program........................................................................................................  29
Description of the Securities................................................................................................  37
Subordination................................................................................................................  52
Description of Credit Enhancement............................................................................................  53
Hazard Insurance: Claims Thereunder..........................................................................................  59
The Sponsor..................................................................................................................  60
The Servicer.................................................................................................................  60
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement..........................................................................................  60
The Trustee..................................................................................................................  64
Yield Considerations.........................................................................................................  66
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations.......................................................................................  68
Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans and Related Matters..............................................................  70
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences......................................................................................  77
ERISA Considerations......................................................................................................... 103
Legal Investment Matters..................................................................................................... 106
Use of Proceeds.............................................................................................................. 107
Methods of Distribution...................................................................................................... 107
Legal Matters................................................................................................................ 108
Additional Information....................................................................................................... 109
Index of Principal Definitions............................................................................................... 110
</TABLE>
 
                               ------------------
 
  UNTIL 90  DAYS AFTER  THE  DATE OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT,  ALL  DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN  THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE  REQUIRED TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR A
PROSPECTUS. THIS  IS IN  ADDITION TO  THE  OBLIGATION OF  DEALERS TO  DELIVER  A
PROSPECTUS  WHEN  ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                              ACCESS FINANCIAL'tm'
                              MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST
                                     1996-3
 
                                  $206,597,000
                           MORTGAGE LOAN PASS-THROUGH
                                 CERTIFICATES,
 
                                 SERIES 1996-3
 
                  $44,843,000 Class A-1 Group I Certificates,
                          Variable Pass-Through Rate
 
                  $28,572,000 Class A-2 Group I Certificates,
                            6.900% Pass-Through Rate
 
                  $13,552,000 Class A-3 Group I Certificates,
                            7.250% Pass-Through Rate
 
                  $10,000,000 Class A-4 Group I Certificates,
                            7.500% Pass-Through Rate
 
                  $10,744,000 Class A-5 Group I Certificates,
                            7.600% Pass-Through Rate
 
                 $98,886,000 Class A-6 Group II Certificates,
                         Variable Pass-Through Rate
 
                         ACCESS FINANCIAL LENDING CORP.
                           SELLER AND MASTER SERVICER
 
             FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
[Logo]       COMPANY
 
FGIC is a registered service mark used by Financial Guaranty Insurance Company,
a private company not affiliated with any U.S. Government agency.

 
                      ------------------------------------
                             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                      ------------------------------------
 
                       PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED
                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
 
                                August 23, 1996
 
__________________________________             _________________________________

                          STATEMENT OF DIFFERENCES
                          ------------------------

The trademark symbol shall be expressed as.....................   'tm'


<PAGE>





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission